Tag Archives: Son of Man

MATTHEW 24

Setting of the chapter
In chapter 21 the King had made His entrance into the royal city of Jerusalem, (the first and only time He presented Himself formally to the nation as their King), and went straight into the temple, verse 12, reminding us that in a day to come He shall be priest-king after the order of Melchisedec.

In verse 23 He is accosted by the chief priest and elders of the people. He answered them directly, then by three parables, which takes us down to 22:14. In Chapter 22:15-22 He is confronted by the Pharisees, and then in verses 23-33 by the Sadducees. In verses 34-40 He answers a lawyer, and in verses 41-46 He leaves the Pharisees with a question.

In chapter 23 He speaks to the multitudes in the temple courts, and exposes the wickedness and hypocrisy of the rulers. At the end of the chapter He laments the indifference of the city, and announces that their house, meaning the temple, is left to them desolate. He does offer hope, however, for in the closing verse He quotes the same psalm the people had referred to when He entered Jerusalem, “Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord”, Matthew 21:9; Psalm 118:26. He knew the authorities would reject Him when He came to the city the first time, but He would be welcomed at His second coming.

So it is that the leaders have shown themselves to be hostile, indicating that they have no intention of receiving Him as their Messiah-King. Accordingly, in verse one of chapter 24, He makes a very significant move, for He departs from the temple courts. Moreover, He moves further, and goes to sit on the Mount of Olives, the very place to which He shall return when He comes back to reign, as the prophet informs us, Zechariah 14:4.

So in chapters 21-23 the Lord shows Himself to be the True Solomon, able to answer hard questions. In chpater 24 he shows Himself to be the True David, the man of war defeating His enemies.

What we have in chapter 24, then, is His prophecy of what will happen in between His departure and His return. Always bearing in mind that we should not expect to learn anything about this present age, since the truth concerning it was still hidden in the mind of God, and would not be revealed until the apostle Paul began his ministry. In other words, chapter 24 has to do with the last remaining seven-year period of Daniel’s seventy weeks, as detailed in Daniel 9:24-27.

When Daniel was given his vision about the seventy weeks, he was told of what would happen to the city and the sanctuary, Daniel 9:26, meaning Jerusalem and the temple. So it is that Matthew first tells us of Christ’s lament over the city of Jerusalem, Matthew 23:37, and then His departure from the temple. The city and the sanctuary are in view, therefore, and it is a great mistake to try to fit events of this church age into the passage, including the destruction of Jerusalem in AD 70.

Structure of the chapter
The chapter consists almost entirely of the Lord’s prophecy of the end times in response to the questions of four of His apostles. It divides as follows:

(a) Verse 1a Departure from the temple
(b) Verses 1b,2 Destruction of the temple foretold
(c) Verse 3 Desire of the disciples for information
(d) Verses 4-14 Distress among the nations
(e) Verses 15-28 Desecration of the temple
(f) Verses 29-31 Description of the coming of the Son of man
(g) Verses 32-51 Diverse reactions to His coming

The disciples ask two questions, with the second one in two parts:

Question 1 “When shall these things be?”

Question 2a “What shall be the sign of Thy coming?

Question 2b “What shall be the sign…of the end of the world?”

The Lord answers these three queries in reverse order, which is quite often done in scripture:

Answer to question 2b
Verses 4-14
“the end is not yet…all these are the beginning of sorrows…then shall the end come”, verses 6,8,14.

Answer to question 2a
Verses 15-31
“When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation…and they shall see the Son of man coming”, verses 15, 30.

Answer to question 1
Verses 32-25:46
“when his branch is yet tender…when ye shall see all these things…then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins…when the Son of man shall come in His glory”, verses 32,33; 25:1,31.

(a) Verse 1a
Departure from the temple

24:1
And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple.

And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple- this is a very solemn moment for the nation of Israel. It has become clear from the conversations with the various leaders who have confronted Him in the temple courts, that they have no intention of recognising His claims. It was with heavy heart that the King left the temple courts. We know this from His words in 23:37-39, where He spoke of His willingness to gather them, but they were not willing to be gathered. As a consequence, they would be scattered in AD 70. But more than this, they would not see Him until they were ready to receive Him as their Messiah.

Ezekiel had the distressing experience of watching the glory of the Lord depart from the temple in his day, hover over the threshold, and go to the Mount of Olives on the east of the city, Ezekiel 10:4;11:23 The glory of God is seen in the face of Jesus Christ, and at the end of chapter 23 He hovers on the threshold, so to speak, to express His sorrow, and now in this chapter He goes to the Mount of Olives on the east of the city, overlooking it. Thankfully Ezekiel also saw the glory of the Lord return, when the millenial temple he describes had been built, Ezekiel 43:2. The prophet tells us that the glory was “according to the appearance of the vision” he had seen at the beginning of his ministry, just as it will be “this same Jesus”, Acts 1:11, that will return to the Mount of Olives and enter the city in a day to come. This time, however, the nation will welcome Him, as Psalm 24 describes.

(b) Verses 1b, 2
Destruction of the temple foretold

And his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple- perhaps they were puzzled because of His statement that the house was left desolate. Had He not just quoted God’s word when He spoke of His house, 21:13, and had not Matthew described it as the temple of God, verse 12?

We read in Luke’s account that some of the disciples pointed out the goodly stones and gifts that adorned the temple, Luke 21:5. (Mark tells us it was one of the disciples who pointed out these things, presumably the spokesperson for the group that Luke mentions). But the Lord had just denounced those who made a great show of putting their gifts into the collection boxes in the temple, whereas the poor widow was quietly giving to God, and was commended for it. We should not expect the Lord to be impressed by how the temple was adorned, and He was not.

The attitude of the disciples here is very like the attitude of the people of Jeremiah’s day. The prophet was told to stand in the gate of the Lord’s house and say, “Trust ye not in lying words, saying, ‘The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord, are these'”, Jeremiah 7:4. They saw in the presence of the temple the sign that God was with them, but He warns them that if they do not mend their ways the temple will suffer the same judgement as was inflicted on Shiloh, where God placed His name when they first were in the land. The Philistines had captured the ark, and Eli the priest sat by the gate in Shiloh waiting for news. He was told that the ark of God was taken, and straightway he collapsed and died. Moreover, his daughter in law gave birth to a son, and when she heard the ark of God was taken, she named the child “Ichabod”, which means “There is no glory”.

Significantly, a few verses lower down in Jeremiah we find the words that the Lord Jesus had quoted when He purged the temple just a short while before, “My house shall be called a house of prayer, but ye have made it a den of thieves”, Jeremiah 7:11; Matthew 21:13. “Prayer” and”thieves” in fact sum up the people at Shiloh in Eli’s day. Samuel was there, noted for his power in prayer, (see Psalm 99:6; Jeremiah 15:1), but so were Eli’s sons, who stole the sacrifices, 1 Samuel 2:12-17. Praying and thieving marked the temple in those days, and also in the Lord’s day. No amount of giving to adorn the temple could cover up their hypocrisy. It is no surprise, therefore, to find that “the ark of God is taken”, for two days later the Lord was arrested in Gethsemane, and in very truth the glory was departed. The commentary of the psalmist on the capture of the ark could very well be applied to Christ and His arrest, “So that he forsook the tabernacle of Shiloh, the tent which he placed among men; And delivered his strength into captivity, and his glory into the enemy’s hand”, Psalm 78:60,61.

24:2
And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.

And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? Mark tells us that the Lord referred to “these great buildings”. The temple was, apparently, a wonderful sight, and Herod had been about fifty years building it, John 2:20.

Verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down- so the costly stones and the rich adornments are to no avail, for all will come to nothing. Now it is true that Titus destroyed the temple in AD 70, but the Lord is not referring to this event, as becomes clear when the disciples ask when it will happen. This also tells us that the reference to the people of the prince that shall come destroying the city and the sanctuary in Daniel 9:26 is not a reference to Titus either. We must not, for the sake of accuracy, include in Daniel’s seventy-week period anything that happens during the church age, which means we must exclude the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus. Following on from this, the argument that AD 70 is included in Daniel’s weeks, and therefore there can be a space of time between the rapture of the church saints and the beginning of the seventieth week, is not valid.

Notice the word “here”, which confirms what has been said above. It is a question of what happens at that place, not what happens to the stones of that building. It is almost certain that what is called by some the “Wailing Wall”, is part of the original retaining wall of Herod’s temple, and the temple platform is still intact, for a Moslem mosque stands upon it. So those stones have not yet been thrown down, although they certainly will be in the future.

(c) Verse 3
Desire of the disciples for information

24:3
And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?

And as he sat upon the mount of Olives- this is the only mountain out of the seven Matthew mentions in his gospel that is named. The reason is clear, for Matthew is careful to relate everything to the Old Testament, and Zechariah had named the mount to which Christ will return.

This is a very significant spot, for several reasons. One has been noticed already, for it is to the mount of Olives that the Lord Jesus shall return when He comes to reign, Zechariah 14:3,4; Acts 1:11,12. But the mount of Olives is on the east side of Jerusalem, and those who sit on the mount look across to the east gate of the temple. Now it is said that the Red Heifer was slain on this mount, within sight of the temple. How telling is the fact that the one who is going to die for the sin and uncleanness of the people has stationed Himself outside the camp where that sin-offering was killed. And even though the nation did not appreciate what He did for them in His death, they will find that just as the ashes of the red heifer were “kept for the congregation of Israel for a water of separation”, Numbers 19:9, so what He did at Calvary is available for them, not just as individuals now, but as a nation in the future.

The religious authorities in Israel are striving to breed a red heifer that has no spot on its coat, so that it can be sacrificed to consecrate the priesthood. Little do they realise that the real “red heifer”, Christ Himself, has already been sacrificed, and the effects of His death made available to Jew and Gentile alike.

But it is also said that the path the Lord would have taken to get from the temple to the mount is the route the scapegoat was taken on as it was led away to a place not inhabited. How significant this is too, for Christ, as well as being the true red heifer, is the true scapegoat also, for just as Aaron laid the sins of the people figuratively on the scapegoat of old time, so, in a day to come, the nation of Israel will realise that “the Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all”, Isaiah 53:6. Notice, however, that the Lord is not on the mount to be slain, or to be led away into the wilderness. He is there sitting, for He is anticipating the time when He is seated in Zion to reign, and He positions Himself so He can see His capital city

The disciples came unto him privately- we know from Mark’s account that it was “Peter and James and John and Andrew” that asked this question. Matthew sees them as representative of the disciples as a whole, but also, (and this is important to see), as representative of the believing remnant of Israel during the Tribulation Period. We shall see this as we go down the chapter, but verse 20 will illustrate it, where the disciples were to pray that their flight would not be on the sabbath day. Yet the sabbath day would, in a few weeks time, lose its relevance as far as these four men were concerned, but not as far as those Jews of a future day whom they represented were concerned.

The four men Mark mentions were two sets of brothers, Peter and Andrew, and James and John, Matthew 10:2, and in that verse they are listed together. But Mark alters the order, and puts Peter with James, and John with Andrew. So the natural position is altered, and whilst they are still brothers naturally, they are paired differently. Now in chapter 25, when the King is announcing that He will sit upon His throne of glory and judge the nations, He will do so in relation to those He calls His brethren, Matthew 25:40. This is a reference to the believers from amongst the Jews during the time of the Tribulation Period. So just as Peter, Andrew, James, and John were brothers naturally, but also brothers spiritually, so the brethren of a future day will be the same. They will be brethren to one another as fellow-Jews, (which is the sense the apostle Paul used the word in his defence on the stairs in the temple, Acts 13:1), but the King will call them His brethren for a higher reason, for they are those who do the will of His Father, Matthew 12:50.

This is the only time when these four are listed together; so one third of the apostles is with Christ on the mountain. The Lord had foretold through Zechariah that He would bring a third part of the nation through the fire, Zechariah 13:8,9, and so these four are representative of the fact that one third of the nation of Israel will survive to enter into Messiah’s kingdom.

Saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? In Mark and Luke there are two questions, but Matthew expands the second one to give two parts to it. The disciples wish to know two things, first, when thse things spoken of in verse 2 would take place, and second, what would be the sign of Christ’s coming. In Matthew the second question also relates to the end of the world.

These questions are answered in reverse order, as already pointed out, but repeated here for convenience:

The answer to question 2b about the timing, is found in verses 4-14, where time-words are used: “the end is not yet…all these are the beginning of sorrows…then shall the end come”, verses 6,8,14.

The answer to question 2a is found in verses 15-31, and has to do with signs, so seen things are mentioned: “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation…and they shall see the Son of man coming”, verses 15, 30.

The answer to question 1 is found in verses 32-25:46 “when his branch is yet tender…when ye shall see all these things...then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins…when the Son of man shall come in His glory”, verses 32,33; 25:1,31.

The three phrases that are critical here are “these things”, “Thy coming”, and “end of the world”. The things mentioned are concerned with the destruction of the temple, but the disciples realise that that cannot happen in isolation, so they wish to know more detail. The coming mentioned is His coming as Messiah to the earth to set up His kingdom and reign. The end of the world is the point just before He comes to reign.

There are three Greek words translated as “world” in the New Testament, as follows:

There is “cosmos”, (the opposite of “chaos”), the world considered as an organised system; the world as a principle.

There is “oikomeune”, (oikos meaning a home), the world considered as the dwelling-place of man; the world as a place.

There is “aionas”, the world considered as passing through time; the world as a period.

It is this last word that is used in the phrase “end of the world”, so the idea of time is embedded in the word. The Jews divided time into two large periods which they called “The Age before the Messiah”, and “The Age of the Messiah”. They saw clearly that God’s plan for the earth was that the Messiah should reign. They did not know anything about this present period of time when God is calling out a heavenly people. So the end of the world or age is the end of the “Age before the Messiah”, which comes at the close of the seven-year Tribulation Period. The Lord now proceeds to answer these questions, and as He does so He gives us all insight in what the future holds.

There is a correspondence between His words here, and the events detailed in Revelation 6, which can be seen from the following comparisons:

Matthew 24:4,5
And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you. For many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.

Revelation 6:1,2
And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see. And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer.

Matthew 24:6,7
And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:

Revelation 6:3,4
And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see. And there went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword.

Matthew 24:7
and there shall be famines,

Revelation 6:5,6
And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand. And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine.

Matthew 24:7
and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows.

Revelation 6:7,8
And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

Matthew 24:9,10
Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake. And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.

Revelation 6:9-11
And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.

Matthew 24:29,30
Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.

Revelation 6:12-17
And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

(d) Verses 4-14
Distress among the nations

24:4
And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you.

And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you- before He tells of His own coming He has to warn them of others who will come. Whereas He Himself is unfolding the future for their help, these will seek to hinder and deceive. The period after the church has gone will be one of great deception, as Satan redoubles his efforts to destroy truth.

24:5
For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.

For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many- some will realise, the Lord having come for the church, His coming to reign is not far off, and will seek to capitalise on that situation. With the church believers gone, the testimony to Christ will be lessened, and the enemy will take advantage. The Lord said when He was here, “I am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive”, John 5:43. Whilst no doubt the primary reference there is to Antichrist, there will be many antichrists in the future.

24:6
And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.

And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars- the world that rejected the Prince of peace must expect to experience the terror of war. When He comes He will “make wars to cease unto the end of the earth; He breaketh the bow, and cutteth the spear in sunder; He burneth the chariot in the fire”, Psalm 46:9. As is the case today, so it will be then, that there are true reports of wars, “hear of wars”, and also false reports of wars, “rumours of wars”. Confusion will reign, and men shall be on edge constantly.

See that ye be not troubled- the word to believers at this time, (represented here by the four apostles), is to not be troubled. The prophet wrote of God, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace whose mind is stayed on thee: because he trusteth in thee”, Isaiah 26:3. He who calmed the storm with His word “Peace be still”, and there was a great calm, will encourage His people as they pass through times of tribulation, Mark 4:39.

For all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet- there is a certain necessity about the troubles of those times, for it is God’s means of judging men for their unbelief, and also of preparing the way for the final conflict between good and evil at the end of the period. We noticed that this section deals with the question about the end of the world, so the Lord refers to the end, meaning the end of the world. Such is the severity of the suffering even at the beginning of the period, believers will think it is the end, but they will be wrong, for things will get much much worse.

24:7
For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.

For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom- this suggests that, as at present, there will still be republics and monarchies in the end time. Indeed, Antichrist will have ten kings associated with him. Nations and kingdoms have been in conflict for thousands of years, and no doubt the shortages and hardships of the time will accelerate this. Remember also that Antichrist is given opportunity to take peace from the earth. This will further his purpose, for he will present himself as the one able to bring “Peace and safety”, 1 Thessalonians 5:3. He will be the counterfeit prince of peace.

And there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places- we can easily see that the prevalence of war will result in famine. And then malnutrition will allow pestilence and disease to multiply. But why the mention of earthquakes here? Could it be that the sound of conflict triggers these earthquakes? Many of the earth’s rocks are in a delicate state, and it does not take too much to start them sliding over one another.

24:8
All these are the beginning of sorrows.

All these are the beginning of sorrows- the word for sorrow means “travail”, that which is experienced by a mother as she begins to deliver her child. Paul took up this idea when he wrote, “For when they shall say Peace and safety; then sudden destruction shall come upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape”, 1 Thessalonians 5:3. We have already noted in connection with the birth of Christ, that Matthew sees in the travail of Rachel a pre-figure of the suffering of the remnant in the time of tribulation. See notes on chapter 2.

24:9
Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake.

Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you- we come now to the effects of the fifth seal, Revelation 6:9-11. John saw the souls of those who had been slain for their testimony. They will be delivered up to be afflicted, which means they will be put under pressure to renounce their faith. When they refuse to do this, they will be killed, such will be the harsh cruelty that will prevail in those times.

And ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake- this is the root cause of them being afflicted and killed. John writes, “Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you…whosoever hateth his brother is a murderer”. 1 John 3:13,15. The apostle had just referred to the hatred of Cain for his brother which led to him murdering him. Note that they are hated of all nations. People everywhere will detest those who hold to the name of Christ in those days when the name of the Antichrist is on everyone’s lips.

24:10
And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.

And then shall many be offended- in the case of some of their number, the pressure will be too great, and will reveal that they are not true believers at all. In the parable of the sower those who were shallow-rooted were shallow-faithed, and we read, “Yet hath he not root in himself, but dureth for a while: for when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the word, by and by he is offended”, Matthew 13:21. The true believer sees tribulation as part of God’s education programme for him, and he rejoices in it, Romans 5:3, but with the false professor it is otherwise.

And shall betray one another, and shall hate one another- not content with being passively offended, they go further, change sides, and betray others to the enemies of God’s truth that have been offended as they have. Not being true believers, and living in times of extreme stress where suspicion is rife, they will hand over to the authorities even those who have defected as they have. The reason being that hatred will reign, and all sense of loyalty to friends will have gone in the fight for individual survival.

24:11
And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.

And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many- if the apostle John could write in his day that “many false prophets are gone out into the world”, 1 John 4:1, then how much more will it be true when the Spirit of God, who is the Spirit of truth and who leads into truth, is removed at the rapture. The Lord is speaking of a time when deception will be the normal, and truth will be scarce. No doubt these false prophets are sent forth by Satan to counteract the efforts of the one hundred and forty four thousand true preachers. They are some of the “tares” that Satan sows among the “wheat” in the parable, Matthew 13:24-30.

24:12
And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.

And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold- iniquity is lawlessness, and at this time men will be throwing off the restraints put upon them by their Creator. They will say, “Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us”, Psalm 2:3. All this is in preparation for the revelation of the Antichrist, who is called “that wicked”, or “that Wicked One”, meaning Lawless One, in 2 Thessalonians 2:8. As a result, the majority in Israel, who even as unbelievers were waiting for their Messiah, will transfer their allegiance to the coming Antichrist, and their love for the idea of Christ coming will grow cold.

24:13
But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved.

But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved- these are in great contrast to the many of the previous verse. There are certain things that this statement cannot mean. First, it cannot mean that being saved is the reward for enduring, for that is contrary to God’s principle that “the just shall live by faith”. Second, it cannot mean that all who physically survive until the end of the Great Tribulation shall be given salvation, for many faithful saints will lose their lives during that time and will not therefore physically survive. Third, it cannot mean that those who survive physically to the end of the Great Tribulation show themselves, by doing that, to be saved already, for this is cl;early not the case.

The solution is in the context, as ever. The King has been warning His subjects that they will meet hostility from men, even from members of their own households. If they endure such afflictions until they come to an end, they will show themselves to be amongst the saved. (Contrast the stony-ground hearer in the parable of the sower who “dureth for a while: but when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the word, by and by he is offended”, Matthew 13:21). The afflictions may come to an end for them in one of two ways. Either they give their lives for Christ and all suffering ceases, or they survive until the end of the Tribulation Period, and they will be then saved from their tormentors by the coming of the King, and saved in another sense by entering into His kingdom.

The use of the word saved is interesting, for the writer to the Hebrews spoke of angels as being “sent forth to minister for those who shall be heirs of salvation”, Hebrews 1:14, and the salvation in view is that which “at the first began to be spoken by the Lord”, 2:3, which means His announcement of an imminent kingdom. (Remember that the second half of Hebrews chapter 1 describes Christ as sitting on His own throne, ruling in His kingdom). So these who endure to the end are assured of the salvation that the kingdom represents. They might not have been saved from a martyr’s death, but those who kill the body cannot prevent entry into the kingdom.

24:14
And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come.

And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations- “this gospel” is not the statement of the previous verse, as if enduring to the end is how God saves people. Rather, the “this” refers to the gospel that these four who are on the mountain with Christ knew, which both John the Baptist, and the Lord Himself, and they themselves preached at that time. It was the good news that the kingdom was about to be set up, as long as the nation of Israel would accept Christ as their King. After the rejection and crucifixion of Christ, God began a new work, calling out of the Gentiles a people for His name, to give them, not an earthly but a heavenly hope. That work being completed at the Rapture, God in great mercy will repeat His offer of the kingdom to Israel, and the gospel of the kingdom will again be preached. This is not to say that God has different ways of saving people, for He has not. Rather, it means that He sends forth His servants with a message suited to the goal in view. Salvation is always through faith, and on the basis of the person and work of Christ.

And then shall the end come- the disciples had asked about the end of the world, and in verse 6, having detailed some events, the Lord said, “but the end is not yet”, and further things are spoken of in verses 7-14. But verse 15 will be about the pivotal moment in the seven-year period when the Antichrist places an idol in the rebuilt temple at Jerusalem. This is the signal that the end is in sight, hence the words of this verse, “then shall the end come”. It will come after the universal preaching of gospel of the kingdom, and the events consequent upon the desolation of the temple in the way described.

(e) Verses 15-28
Desecration of the temple

We now come to the answer to the question “What shall be the sign of thy coming? There are two things said to be seen in the passage, the abomination of desolation, verse 15, and the sign of the Son of man in verse 30.

24:15
When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)

When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place- we noticed that the temple was left desolate when Christ departed from it in 23:38-24:1. Now the successor temple is made desolate, not by someone leaving, but an object entering, even an idol, which in Old Testament times is often called an abomination, so much does God hate idols. This idol will render the temple a desolate place, with all thought of God totally excluded from it.

We read in Daniel 11:31, “And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate”. And Daniel 12:11 reads, “And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days”. These two passages make clear that two things happen at the same time, the first is the taking away of the daily sacrifice, and the second, the setting up of an idol in the sanctuary of the temple. This is confirmed in Daniel 9:27, for the angel Gabriel told Daniel that the prince that shall come “shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate”.

Subsequent to this erection of an image in the temple, the antichrist will position himself there, no doubt in blasphemous imitation of the Shekinah glory of God’s presence. Perhaps the reference to overspreading in Daniel 9:27 is some Satanic imitation of the cherubim with their outstretched wings protecting the ark in the tabernacle and temple. The majority of the uses of the word translated overspreading is wing. (Winged gods feature very much in the idolatry of Babylon, for the wing suggests the protection of Satan, the prince of the power of the air). This one will claim Satanic protection, and by acting as he does, will make the temple desolate. Daniel described the condition of the destroyed temple in his day by this word, and now it is used by Gabriel to describe the temple of the future.

Gabriel makes known that despite the fact that it will seem that evil has triumphed, there will be the consummation that God decrees, and not man or Satan. That consummation will involve the destruction of the desolated temple, so that the millenial temple may be built, for it is said of Christ that “He shall build the temple of the Lord”, Zechariah 6:12.

The apostle Paul wrote of the revelation of the man of sin, another title for Antichrist, 2 Thessalonians 2:3. He will have his “coming” at the beginning of the last seven years as one who is a substitute Christ, and thus will deceive many into thinking that he is the true Messiah. The majority of Israel will believe this. In the middle of the seven-year period, however, he will have his “revelation”. The mask will be removed, and then he will not be just a substitute Christ but against Christ.

The manner of his revelation is that he will, in blasphemous daring, seat himself in the sanctuary of the temple where the ark stood of old time, verse 4. When he is not there personally the image of himself shall stand there, as we have seen from Matthew 24:15. At this point the apostle says “shewing himself that he is God”. This means that pantheism will be the religion of the time of the antichrist. He will allow Babylonish religion to continue for the first half of the Tribulation Period because it suits his purpose. Then it shall be overthrown, for despite all its corruption, it does still remind men of God. This will be brought to an end, and the Antichrist will “cast down the truth to the ground”, Daniel 8:8:12, the particular truth being that concerning the Father and the Son, the relationship between Divine persons which is the foundation of the Christian faith. The apostle John tells us that “He is antichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son”, 1 John 2:22. When that truth has been largely eradicated from the earth, then the notion that “god is all and all is god” will prevail. Men will have listened to Satan’s lie, “ye shall be as gods”, and Antichrist shall be looked on as the supreme expression of godhood.

We should not think, then, that the end-time ruler is simply another political figure. He must be much more than this if he is to counterfeit Christ. He must not only satisfy the political aspirations of people in terms of freedom from war, poverty and anxiety, (and this he will do), but also cater for the needs of the spirits of men. He must build “the city”, as well as “the tower”, the political and the religious, Genesis 11.

Man as made by God has a spirit-dimension. He is not just a collection of atoms. He is not complete without a response to God. Now that sin has come in, and man’s understanding has been darkened, Ephesians 4:18, he chooses to express that response in wrong directions. This takes many forms, but in the final analysis this waywardness is harnessed by the Devil to his own end. That end is the attracting of worship away from God and towards himself.

The last decades of the 19th century and the first of the 20th century were marked by a rise in atheism, with its logical outcomes of socialism and communism. From the middle of the 20th century, however, a change took place, a shift from an atheistic world-view to a pantheistic one. For atheism is essentially a negative attitude, and fails to fulfil the innermost longings of the human spirit, despite what its advocates may say.

Pantheism, with its belief that man, like everything else, is “god”, is an attractive way of filling the void that is left when Christianity is abandoned. Instead of believing in the existence of God who is separate from creation, the pantheist believes that “god” is everywhere, (including within himself), since all is “god”.

This, of course, is totally contrary to the teaching of the Bible; but is one of the features of the New Age religion with its emphasis on intuition and experience rather than logic and reason. This leaves the mind open to illusion and fantasy, but also means that the minds of men are open to any suggestion that Satanic forces are prepared to instil into them.

Despite being a product of the imagination, pantheism has a very strong hold on men’s minds, since it replaces God with self, and removes the restrictions that the law of God places upon them.

This New Age religion is not new. It is but the re-emergence of the ancient philosophies of Hinduism, Buddhism and Eastern mysticism, and even further back, the mystery religions of the ancient world. This mix, combined with spiritism, theosophy and other occult systems, goes to make up the New Age religion, and professes to be able to bring in a new era of peace, plenty and harmony amongst men.

Clearly, this is a sinister movement, for the ultimate goal of it is to ensure that men realise they are god, and to bring in to the world the final great new world teacher, the New Age “Christ”, who is, in fact, Antichrist.

No wonder Daniel says that the personage he speaks of has understanding of dark sentences, for Satan will see to it that he is able to unfold to men the secrets that the ancient religions spoke of, and which, so they say, have been suppressed by those who worship the God of the Bible. Revelation 2:24 speaks of “the depths of Satan”.

So when we read in Daniel 11:37 that the wilful king does not regard any god, then we understand that all systems of religion that separate between god and worshipper, are to be shunned by him.

He does not regard the God of his fathers. Now this expression is used in the Old Testament of the worship by Israel of the true God. If this is so here, then it means that he is a Jew. We have already noted that the generals who divided up the Greek empire are called kings, even though they did not gain their authority through descent. It is significant that the original King of the North was ruler over territory that included the area to which the ten tribes of Israel were taken into captivity by the Assyrians. There are those who believe that the antichrist will emerge from the tribe of Dan, and this tribe was one of the ten tribes of Israel taken to Assyria. If this is so, then we are confronted here by an apostate Jew; one, moreover, who sets himself up as a rival to Christ.

We also learn that he does not regard the desire of women. Some believe this refers to the fact that every godly Jewess longed to be the mother of the Messiah, so the desire of women is another way of saying “Messiah”. Alternatively, it may refer to the myth concerning Nimrod, his death and re-emergence as the child of the mother, the origin of the idea of The Mother and the Child. Perhaps this disdain for the “Mother and Child” concept is a reference to the overthrow of the scarlet woman, Babylon the Great who rides upon, (that is, dominates), the beast in the beginning of his career, but who is overthrown by him towards the end. See Revelation 17. Nimrod was worshipped after his death, and this became the weeping for Tammuz that was especially engaged in by women.

One of the abominations that Ezekiel saw being carried on in the temple at Jerusalem was just this weeping for Tammuz, Ezekiel 8:13,14. The antichrist will disdain this attention, however, because he will have renounced any sort of idolatry, (as the passage goes on to say, “nor regard any god”), in favour of the deification of self. As a result, he will have magnified himself above all. This is how 2 Thessalonians 2:4 speaks of this same personage: “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God”. This must be subsequent to the erection of the abomination of desolation in the Holy Place in the temple at Jerusalem, which signals the beginning of the Great Tribulation, the second half of Daniel’s 70th week, Daniel 9:27; Matthew 24:15,21.

We might ask how this achieves Satan’s goal, if it is a man that is elevated and worshipped on the earth, for Revelation 13:8 assures us that all unbelievers on the earth will worship the beast. The answer is found in verse 4 of Revelation 13, which states that men shall worship the dragon, or Satan. Daniel 11:38 confirms this, for it tells us the wilful king worships the god of forces. This must be Satan, for this is the price he demands if universal dominion is to be given to man. It is interesting that the Lord Jesus did not dispute the claim of the Devil to have the authority to give this dominion, Luke 4:6, which reads, “All this power will I give thee, and the glory of them: for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it”. As the prince of this world, John 14:30, the Devil still has immense power, even though he is a defeated foe.

It is significant that “The Force” is a favourite expression with New Agers, and signifies to them the all-pervasive influence of the energy in all things. In reality, this force is that of the Devil, and the antichrist worships him as such. Thus the age-old ambition of Satan will be realised, and the whole world, which wonders after the beast, is found to be worshipping Satan. He has realised the full potential of the title god of this age, as spoken of in 2 Corinthians 4:4. His glory will be short-lived, however, for the antichrist who worships him “shall come to his end, and none shall help him”, Daniel 11:45. And with his downfall comes the Devil’s, for Revelation 19:20 tells of the fall of the antichrist and the false prophet, and then immediately after the Devil is bound for one thousand years, Revelation 20:21. Thus Satan’s strategy shall be foiled, and the lie he told Adam, “Ye shall be as gods”, shall be exposed in all its wickedness, but not before a man has ruled the earth claiming to have achieved the full potential of what Satan promised.

Whoso readeth, let him understand- Daniel was told, not only that the abomination that maketh desolate shall be set up in the sanctuary, but two verses later that “they that understand among the people shall instruct many”, Daniel 11:31,33. (These are the understanding ones, the Maskilim, the instructors in righteousness who the Lord will raise up at that time). And in the verse before he is told again about the abomination that maketh desolate, 12:11, he is told that “none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand”, verse 10. So the Maskilim, the teachers in Israel at the time, will instruct the faithful remnant as to what the meaning of events is, whereas the wicked, those who follow the Wicked One, shall not understand that they are being led on to destruction.

24:16
Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains:

Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains- the setting up of the image in the temple is the turning point, and a sure sign that the end has begun. In verse 6 it was “not yet”, but all is different now. It is ironic that the first sign of the coming of the Son of man is the “coming” of the Man of Sin. The history of the world is reaching its climax, and the sin of man will have produced the Man of Sin, and he will be in direct confrontation with God’s Man, who came the first time to deal with the sin of man.

We see clearly in these verses the Jewish setting of these words. There is mention of the hills of Judaea, and in verse 20 they are to pray that their flight does not violate sabbath day regulations.

Now of course the setting up of the image is a warning sign to all the faithful at that time, wherever they are situated, so this particular warning gives indication as to which direction they should flee. Revelation 12:6 tells us that the faithful remnant of Israel shall flee into the wilderness, where there is a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand, two hundred and threescore days. In other words, for the second half of the seven-year period of the tribulation, the time of the rule of the Antichrist.

“Come, My people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast. For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.”, the words of Isaiah 26:17-21. God invites His believing people to enter into “their chambers”, so as to hide from the indignation that God will pour out upon the unbelieving world in the Great Tribulation. That the personal pronoun is used is a sign that God has prepared these chambers especially for them. That they are not the chambers of rooms is evident, for the Lord has already warned them in His Olivet Discourse not to go back into their house in the day they flee.

It is not generally known, but there are vast caverns under the desert sands, and no doubt it into these that the remnant will flee initially. We should remember that at the time of the Flood the fountains of the great deep were broken up, so that the water that God had stored beneath the oceans could be released, and overwhelm the earth. Subsequent changes brought about by pressures exerted during this process, and also by the flowing back of the water as the flood came to an end, caused the mountains to be raised up, and the sea-bed to sink. It is very possible that there are remnants of the “storehouses” that God prepared, and which are now very largely empty of water.

24:17
Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take any thing out of his house:

Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take any thing out of his house- Jewish houses tended to have a stairway outside of the house, so that guests could access the guest chamber without going through the house. We remember the four men who carried the palsied man were able to get on the roof of the house even though the main part of the house was crowded, Mark 2:1-4. So even the short time it would take to enter the house after having descended the outside stairs, would be too long, for the need to escape was urgent.

24:18
Neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.

Neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes- perhaps the man of the previous verse is on his rooftop in the evening, enjoying the refreshing breezes. Now he is working in the hot sun out in the fields. He has left his top garment at the end of the field, and then works his way across the field tending his crops. But then word comes to him about the image, and so imminent is the danger to him that he must not take time to retrieve his coat, but flee without it. These are guidelines of course, and each will have to adapt them to their particular circumstances.

24:19
And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!

And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! This applies to all who are either expecting a child or who have recently given birth to one in the Tribulation Period, for the Lord warned the daughters of Jerusalem as He went out to His cross, “For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gave suck”, Luke 23:29. But if it applies to all, it will certainly apply to the faithful remnant, forced to flee from the persecution that is about to be unleashed upon them. How thankful they will be that God has prepared a place in the desert for them where, we read, they shall “be nourished for a time, and times, and half a time”, Revelation 12:14. Needless to say this woe is not a curse upon the believing remnant, but simply expresses sorrow at their plight.

24:20
But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day:

But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter- winter as a season in Israel lasts from December to early March. Some winters are mild and sunny, while others are severe and overcast. There is often heavy rain, with snow in January and February in some parts of the country, and cold nights. However, the word translated “winter” is also translated “foul weather” in Matthew 16:3, so may have to do with conditions rather than dates. After all, the remnant would know from Daniel’s vision that the seven-year period begins with the confirming of a covenant, and they also will know from Revelation 12:6 that they will flee to the wilderness to be nourished for the second half of the seven years. So they know precisely when the image will be set up. Their prayers cannot alter this, so they cannot affect the time of year, but they can by their prayers affect the weather, as Elijah did in his day.

Neither on the sabbath day- this again shows the Jewishness of this prophecy, for the nation will have reverted to the religion of the Old Testament, and the sabbath was a vital part of that. The Jews were prohibited from travelling more than a sabbath day’s journey on the sabbath, and this was about seven and a half furlongs, or seven hundred and twenty nine paces. This was not far, and their journey would be much longer, beginning as it will do with a flight into the Judean hills. For security’s sake no further details are given.

24:21
For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.

For then shall be great tribulation- the word “for” tells us that this is the reason why they will need to flee. Job asked to be hidden in the grave until God’s wrath was past, Job 14:13, and his prayer will be answered, for he, like all Old Testament saints, will remain in the grave until the Messiah comes to earth. But the remnant will also be hidden in the earth, but unlike Job, they will be alive, and nourished there in some unnamed way.

Just as Jacob’s sons had to be put through anguish to bring them to their senses about their treatment of Joseph, so during “the time of Jacob’s trouble”, Jeremiah 30:8, the nation will be dealt with by God to cause them to reflect on the treatment they gave to His Son.

Such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be- so the suffering and judgement will be unparalleled, but it will also be unrepeated, for God will make a final end. Joel spoke of this time when he said, “for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand; A day of darkness and of gloominess, a day of clouds and of thick darkness, as the morning spread upon the mountains: a great people and a strong; there hath not been ever the like, neither shall be any more after it, even to the years of many generations”, Joel 2:1,2. Daniel was told that “there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time”, Daniel 12:1. These statements impress upon us the awfulness of those days.

24:22
And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened.

And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved- just before the flood of Noah’s day God said, “the end of all flesh is come before me”, Genesis 6:13. This was because, as is said in the previous verse, “all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth”. Clearly, “flesh…his way” indicates that the reference is to men. But whereas in Noah’s time all flesh was destroyed, since there were none, except Noah and his house, who were not corrupt, in the future it will be different, for the rest of our verse speaks of the elect, and it is for their sakes that the world will not be completely depopulated.

The question is as to how the days will be shortened. In Joshua’s time one day was lengthened to allow God’s enemies to be destroyed, Joshua 10:12-14, and it is said, “And there was no day like that before it or after it”, verse 14. Here it is that days are shortened to avoid all men being destroyed, for in the midst of wrath God remembers mercy, Habakkuk 3:2. Some have suggested that the days of the Great Tribulation will be shorter than normal, so the number of days will stay the same, 1260, but the period of time will be shortened. He who lengthened a day in response to the voice of the man Joshua, can surely shorten the days. Others believe that the 1260-day period is already shortened to that length, as seems the case from the words of Mark 13:20, “And except that the Lord had shortened those days”. But even this could mean that the Lord is projecting His mind into the future and looking back, as if to say, “In retrospect, we can say that the Lord had shortened the days”. Could this varying of the length have anything to do with the Lord’s words, “of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only”, verse 36? The Divine Conversation has not been held to decide this matter, and because the Son has taken the place of subjection in manhood, He waits His Father’s time to discuss it with Him. The times and seasons have been put, by consent of all three Persons of the Godhead, (for they do nothing without agreement), in the Father’s power, to be discussed in due time, Acts 1:7. So far from suggesting that the Son is ignorant of the time, the fact is there is no time at the moment for Him to supposedly be ignorant about.

But for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened- this either means that the days shall be shortened in the interests of the elect, so that they are spared some suffering, or, that the men of the world will be spared the full amount of wrath they would have known, for the sake of the interests of His elect people. If the latter is the explanation, it might have something to do with the fact that John heard seven thunders, and was not allowed to record their meaning, Revelation 10:3,4, as if there are judgements that may or may not be inflicted. Abraham stood outside of Sodom and interceded for the city, and we read that God remembered Abraham, and delivered Lot, Genesis 19:29. The last phrase of Isaiah 53 informs us that the Lord Jesus made intercession for the transgressors, so the reason why there is mercy shown to Israel at this point is due to the efficacy of His intercession for the nation.

24:23
Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not.

Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not- the Tribulation Period will be a time when lies will be widespread, for the Spirit of truth and the believers of this church age will have been taken away. If the “salt” and the “light” are withdrawn, then deception will abound. Even in the apostle John’s day he could write, “many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not Jesus Christ come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist”, 2 John 7. If this was true when an apostle was still living, how much more so in a time when church saints, who have sought to maintain the truth and combat error, will have gone. This shows how difficult it will be for men to accept the truth, since they will be confused by so much error. So daring will be the lie, that the antichristian false teachers of that day will claim to point men to Christ. Of course the faithful believers will be longing for Christ to come, so they must be very wary when they are told He has already come. This passage goes on to show that the coming of the Son of man will be accompanied by dramatic signs in the heavens, so those who say He has come secretly will be deceivers.

24:24
For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.

For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders- those who are pointed out as being Christ, are in fact false Christs, who will abound even when Antichrist himself is present on the earth. They will be his agents, sent out to confuse both believer and unbeliever alike. There will also be those who will seek to promote these false Christs, and teach that they are true. Just as there will be one Antichrist and one False Prophet in the future, so even in the apostle John’s day there were many antichrists, 1 John 2:18, and many false prophets, 4:1. How much more in the day when truth is being cast down to the ground, Daniel 8:12. To compound the deception, just as the False Prophet shall work miracles, so shall these, for the coming of the Man of Sin will be “after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders”, 2 Thessalonians 2:9.

Insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect- the Lord is here warning His people not to be complacent. Just because they are true believers will not make them exempt from pressure in those days. John tells us that the Antichrist will be given power to make war with the saints, and to overcome them, Revelation 13:7. No doubt this overcoming refers to their martyrdom, for all who refuse to worship the image of the beast shall be killed, verse 15.

How impressive the signs and wonders will be, and how difficult it will be for the elect to not wonder whether they are wrong. After all, part of Christ’s claim to men’s faith and allegiance was His ability to work miracles, and now others are doing the same in the name of the Antichrist. The difference between these wonders and Christ’s, however, is clear to see, for the apostle Paul calls them “lying wonders”, 2 Thessalonians 2:9. The Lord worked miracles to emphasise the truth He taught; these will do wonders to emphasise the lies they teach.

There is a lesson in this for us today, for there are those who claim to be able to do miracles at the present time. There are two things we have to ask ourselves. The first is, are they real miracles, or just the result of emotional and psychological pressure or hypnosis? The second is, what is the doctrine they claim to promote? We should remember that it is not just professing Christians who claim to be able to work miracles. Spiritists and others of like sort make claim to heal by faith. When Catholic missionaries first went to China in centuries past, they were amazed to see crutches hung up on the walls of Buddhist temples, testimony to the healing powers of the forces of darkness.

24:25
Behold, I have told you before.

Behold, I have told you before- there is a saying that “To be forewarned is to be forearmed”. The King is here preparing His subjects for the onslaughts He knows will be made upon their faith. He would do the same in the upper room, as He prepared His own for the rigours of this age, as He foretold that one of them would betray Him, and that they would all desert Him; He is here doing it to fortify His people of a future age.

24:26
Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers; believe it not.

Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert; go not forth- Herod superstitiously thought that Christ was John the Baptist risen from the dead, Matthew 14:2. So perhaps the rumour will be put out that just as John was “in the deserts till the day of his shewing to Israel”, Luke 1:80, so the Christ, (whom men said was John the Baptist in Matthew 16:14), was out in the desert too. There will be an increased interest in hidden mysteries at the end time, and perhaps these deceivers are suggesting that Christ is a mystic, or guru, living in some cave in the desert.

Behold, he is in the secret chambers; believe it not- this could either be a reference to spiritist seances, where those in the grip of Satan practise their dark arts, or a reference to the upper room where the Lord had met with His disciples before the cross. Either way, these tales are not to be believed, and neither are they to be investigated, for the believers may be sure they are false reports since the sign of the Son of man has not yet been seen. There is the possibility that these rumours are a trap, to draw out true believers into a place of danger so they can be arrested and killed.

24:27
For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be- beginning with “for” as it does, this is the reason why true believers are not to listen to those who say that Christ has returned already. His coming will be so dramatic that everyone, from the east to the west will know it, just as the lightning flashes across the sky so spectacularly. He will not have to be sought out in some obscure place or some secret place; His coming will be unmistakeable to all.

24:28
For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.

For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together- as the Lord said to Job about the eagle, “where the slain are, there is she”, Job 39:30. Just as eagles circle around in the sky above a carcase, thus pin-pointing where it is, so the coming of Christ will be known in a widespread way, and will not be a secret arrival. It does not seem in context to refer this to the call of God to the fowls of the air to “Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God”, Revelation 19:17. Nor is it a reference to the eagle-ensign of the Roman army, for Rome will not be to the fore in those days. It is Babylon that is Satan’s capital city.

(f) Verses 29-31
Description of the coming of the Son of man

24:29
Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken:

Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light- God said through Joel, “And I will shew wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of the Lord come”, Joel 2:30,31. This indicates that the day of the lord begins at the moment the Son of man comes.

Now the apostle Peter made it clear that the day of the Lord is an extended period, for he wrote, “But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up”, 2 Peter 3:10. So the day of the Lord includes the thousand-year reign of Christ, since the dissolution of all things to which Peter refers, is at the end of time, when earth and heaven flee away, Revelation 20:11.

We read in Revelation 6:12-14, “And I beheld when He had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places”.

Sackcloth was the garment of mourning, and even the sun laments the wickedness of men that calls forth the wrath of Christ as He comes. Isaiah 50:3 reads, “I clothe the heavens with blackness, and I make sackcloth their covering”. God is able to display in the heavens these warnings to men. Not only does heaven mourn over earth’s sin, but men are called to repent in dust and ashes, and make sackcloth their covering in repentance. Even at that late stage the word is, “whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved”, Joel 2:32.

The moon shall not give her light, because with the sun darkened she has nothing to reflect onto the earth. The moon became as blood, says John, and this is quite often the colour of the moon during an eclipse, but this is no eclipse, but the Creator showing His displeasure with the inhabitants of the earth.

And the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken- with the sun darkened and the moon not giving her light, the stars will shine even brighter that usual. But this is only to highlight the way in which God shall change them, to the consternation of men. Some scientists believe that the stars are moving away from the earth at present. The psalmist said “Thou stretchest out the heavens like a curtain”, Psalm 104:2, and the present tense of the verb suggests it is still happening. Yet imagine their consternation at the coming of Christ when their instruments say that the stars are now moving towards the earth! Just as God confounded the astronomers of Daniel’s day, so He will do so again. Only the Creator can manipulate the stars in this way; but then, He created them and sustains them.

John likens this to the falling of immature figs from the tree, for he writes, “even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind”. Fig trees often produce figs in the winter, which, when shaken by strong winds, all fall down at once. They are not proper fruits, but untimely, or unripe. The fig tree is used in Scripture as a figure of mere profession, but the men of earth have not even professed to believe. They produce nothing that will come to harvest. There is such a thing as solar wind, the streams of energy that emanate from the stars. Now it appears that not only will the stars travel in the opposite direction to normal, but so will the solar wind, thus shaking the stars with the very energy they had emitted. God spoke at Sinai, and the earth shook, but He has said, “Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven”, Hebrews 12:26, quoting Haggai 2:6.

John saw into the future, and tells us “And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together”. Just as when a scroll is rolled up, the writing appears to be distorted and out-of-place, so with the stars. The familiar constellations disappear as the stars alter their positions relative to one another. The night-sky as men know it is departed, and it is the hand of God that has done it. This is a rebuke to those who thought that their lives were directed by the stars. Superstitious people like that will be terrified by the sight.

24:30
And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.

And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven- the disciples had asked what the sign of His coming was, and this is the answer. Mark’s account says “And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in the clouds with power and great glory”, Mark 13:26. And Luke says the same, except that he puts cloud in the singular. So it seems that the sign of the Son of Man is the Son of Man Himself; His coming accompanied by such dramatic events will be an indication to men of what He has come to do. When He came the first time the angels said, “And this shall be a sign unto you. Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger”, Luke 2:12. His first coming had been secret, for He had been hidden in His mother’s womb, and now He was lying in a manger. He had come in grace and lowliness, making Himself of no reputation. His second coming will be so different, for He has earned the right to reputation by what He was at His first coming.

And then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn- in Revelation 1:7 we read, “Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen”. There is perhaps a difference between the two groups mentioned in this verse. They who pierced Him shall mourn in repentance, as Zechariah had said long before, “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for Him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn”, Zechariah 12:10. The nation of Israel shall realise just a little what it meant to God when they crucified His only begotten and firstborn Son.

The other group consists of the other tribes of the earth, and whilst some amongst them will be believers, the majority, alas, will not be, and shall wail, not in repentance, but in anguish as they see the one they have blasphemed and rejected coming to judge them.

And they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven- Daniel had a preview of the future in his dream, for he says “I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought him near before him. And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed”, Daniel 7:13,14. He then goes on to speak of the Antichrist, and how he would make war with the saints and prevail against them, “Until the Ancient of Days came, and judgement was given to the saints of the most high”, verses 21,22. So Daniel first of all saw the Son of man come with the clouds of heaven, and He was brought near to the Ancient of Days, which is what happened when Christ ascended back to heaven, (He went into a far country to receive for Himself a kingdom, in the language of the parable, Luke 19:12). The clouds of heaven that had carried Him through the skies were still about Him as He drew near. It is to this that the Lord referred when asked at His trial before the Sanhedrin if He was the Christ, the Son of God. His reply was, “Thou hast said: nevertheless I say unto you, hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven”, Matthew 26:64. Notice that whereas Daniel said the Ancient of Days came, the Lord says here it is the Son of man that shall come, a clear testimony to His Deity. No wonder the high priest accused Him of blasphemy, for he rejected His claims. So He is Christ because He has been welcomed to the right hand of God, Acts 2:36, and He is Son of God because He, the Son of man, is equal to the Ancient of Days, a title of God.

There must have been more than one cloud at the ascension for He is coming with clouds, and the angel said He is coming as He went, Acts 1:12. But our verse tells us He is coming with the clouds of heaven, no doubt a reference to the angels that shall come with Him, Matthew 25:31.

With power and great glory- He is coming with power because universal dominion has been granted to Him, and He needs to put down all opposing forces. He is currently “sitting on the right hand of power”, on the very throne of God, but He is coming with all the resources of that throne to execute judgement and to rule. The angels will gladly acknowledge with loud voice, (indicating their enthusiasm about the matter), that “Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing”, Revelation 5:12. Everything He needs to enable Him to rule effectively will be granted Him.

24:31
And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.

And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet- this shows that “the last trump” of 1 Corinthians 15:52, is not the absolutely last trump. Rather, it is the last directive from the head of the church to His people of this age. He has led them by the clear trumpet sound of His word, and now He calls them from earth to heaven. John heard the voice of a trumpet which said, “Come up hither”, Revelation 4:1, no doubt a foretaste of what will happen at the rapture when the saints are caught up to heaven. This trumpet, however, summons believers of the Tribulation Period to assemble together in preparation for entry into Messiah’s kingdom on earth.

And they shall gather together his elect from the four winds- the Lord said elsewhere, “And they shall come from the east, and from the west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God”, Luke 13:29. This would no doubt include believing Gentiles, those commended for their kind treatment of Christ’s brethren during the Tribulation Period, Matthew 25:34-40. In the parable of the wheat and the tares the angels not only gathered the wicked for judgement, but the wheat into the barn, meaning the kingdom of God, Matthew 13:30,43. The angels have a similar ministry in the parable of the net, verse 49.

From one end of heaven to the other- no doubt these believers have felt that the heavens over their heads were as brass, Deuteronomy 28:23, and they have prayed, “Oh that thou wouldest rend the heavens, that thou wouldest come down”, Isaiah 64:1, and now their prayers have been answered.

(g) Verses 32-51-25:46
Diverse reactions to His coming

Survey of the section
We come now to the section that ends in 25:46, which is the answer to the first question of the disciples, “When shall these things be”, verse 3, “these things” in particular being the destruction of the temple. So it is that scattered throughout the section we have adverbs of time, such as “when his branch is yet tender…when ye shall see all these things...then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins…when the Son of man shall come in His glory”, verses 32,33; 25:1,31.

The passage consists of seven illustrations which give help with regard to the time of the coming of the Son of man, which is His coming to earth.

(i)

Verses 32-35

The fig tree

The need for awareness

(ii)

Verses 36-41

The flood

The need for readiness

(iii)

Verses 42-44

The thief

The need for watchfulness

(iv)

Verses 45-51

The householder

The need for faithfulness

(v)

Verses 1-13

The virgins

The need for alertness

(vi)

Verses 14-30

The talents

The need for busy-ness

(vii)

Verses 31-46

The shepherd

The prospect of blessedness

(i) Verses 32-35
The fig tree: The need for awareness

24:32
Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh:

Now learn a parable of the fig tree- the other illustrations are not called parables, but they have that character, where a situation from everyday life is used to put over spiritual truth and instruction.

When his branch is yet tender- this shows that Spring has come, for the new soft growth is developing, the sap is rising, and new leaves are appearing.

Ye know that summer is nigh- the signs of Spring are, in the nature of things, the signs that Summer will follow, for that is how the Creator has ordained it to be. The Lord will next explain His parable.

24:33
So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.

So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things- it is true that the nation of Israel, (symbolised elsewhere as a fig tree, Luke 13:6; Matthew 21:19), has in modern times shown signs of reviving in different ways, but the reference here is to “all these things”, the matters dealt with in previous verses which have to do with the Tribulation and the Great Tribulation. The believers of that day are to be encouraged, for in a strange sort of way the judgements of God are the sign that Christ’s reign, “the Summer”, will soon arrive.

Know that it is near, even at the doors- by “it” is meant the coming of the Son of man.

24:34
Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled.

Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled- there is no reason to think that “this generation” is the generation then living, for that is not the context. The King is projecting our minds into the future, just before He comes to reign, so the setting is the time of tribulation, and the Lord gives the guarantee that even though the judgements shall be severe, the nation of Israel will survive. For eventually, “all Israel shall be saved”, Romans 11:26. When He likened the nation of Israel to a demon-possessed man He said, “the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so shall it be also unto this wicked generation”, Matthew 12:45. So the generation at the end is the same generation as at the beginning.

24:35
Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.

Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away- the Lord knew there would be those who would misunderstand His words, saying, for instance, that He was speaking of the nation then living, and that the tribulation would take place in their lifetime, when Jerusalem was destroyed. But there is no way that what happened then can fit the prophecies of this chapter. In any case, John was given revelations which fill in the details of what we have in this chapter in general terms, and this would be unnecessary if they had all been fulfilled decades before John saw his vision.

24:36
But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.

But of that day and hour knoweth no man- such is His total control of the situation that the Father has fixed not only the day but the hour of the coming of the Son of man, the subject of this part of the prophecy. The timing, however, has been withheld from men. It is withheld from believers in the Tribulation Period so that they stay alert and ready for His coming. From unbelievers so that they may come to their senses quickly, and have dealings with God before it is too late.

No, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only- even those who shall accompany Christ when He comes do not know the moment, so they are in constant expectation. In Mark’s gospel the Lord adds, “neither the Son”, which has given rise to much enquiry. We may immediately dismiss the idea of some that the Lord emptied Himself of Deity when He became man, and for that reason He is limited in knowledge, and therefore does not know the time of His coming. But scripture says that “it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell”, Colossians 1:19. This would include fulness of knowledge.

In Acts 1:6,6, when the Lord was assembled with His disciples immediately prior to His ascension, they asked Him about the kingdom, and whether He would restore it to Israel, in their words, “at this time”. The reply was, “It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power”. Notice the mention of the Father again, just as in Matthew 24:36.

Whilst it is true that the Son of God has not left Deity by coming into manhood, it is also true that He has come into a place of subjection as a man. Christ’s subjection to His Father is expressed in several passages:

1. We read, “the head of Christ is God”, 1 Corinthians 11:3. Just as the head is the controlling member, and directs the rest of the body, so Christ came to be willingly obedient to His Father’s will. This in no way devalues His Deity, for He was privy to, and in agreement with, every decision of Deity.

2. When a Greek boy was going to be presented to the world as the son of his father and was adopted formally, it was “at the time appointed of the father”, Galatians 4:2. So it is that God presented His Son to the world at His incarnation “when the fullness of the time was come”, verse 4. The Father decided on the time of the coming of Christ.

3. When He came into the world He said, “Lo, I come to do thy will, O God”, Hebrews 10:9. So He voluntarily took the place of one who was going to obey whatever commands came.

4. He Himself referred to His coming into the world when He said, “For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me”, John 6:38. This is a great encouragement to believers, for He goes on to say that the Father’s will was that He give eternal life to those who believe.

5. When the cities wherein most of His mighty works had been done rejected Him, then He said, “I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father: for so it seemed good in thy sight”, Matthew 11:25,26. He accepted that being rejected by these cities was part of God’s good will.

6. His subjection to His Father is expressed in Gethsemane, when He said, in connection with His sufferings, “O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt”, Matthew 26:39. So whether or not He drank the cup was entirely in the hand of His Father, and He accepted this situation, for His Father was His head.

7. Even after He has reigned for one thousand years the Lord will reaffirm His subjection to God, 1 Corinthians 15:28. So by coming into manhood He has accepted that feature that marks man, namely, subjection to God. Since He is man for ever, He will be subject for ever, difficult as that may be for us to comprehend.

Could it not be that the reason the Son does not know the date of His coming is because the question has not been discussed by the Godhead yet? And could it not be to do with the shortening of the days of the Tribulation Period mentioned in verse 22? This is closely connected with the time of the beginning of Christ’s reign, and that, in turn, is dependant on Him appealing to His Father, for in Psalm 2 we read, “I will declare the decree: the Lord hath said unto me, ‘Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession'”, verses 7 and 8. So at present the times and seasons of the restoration of the kingdom to Israel is in the power of the Father, the Son being subject. In a future day it will be dependant upon the Son asking at a particular point in time. So what makes the difference? Is is not that in the meantime the Godhead have consulted together, and agreed that the timing of the start of the kingdom should be dependant on the request of the Son?

(ii) Verses 36-41
The flood: The need for readiness

24:37
But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be- even though the exact time of the coming is hid from men, there are certain attitudes and behaviours that will characterise men just before the coming, and these the Lord now indicates.

24:38
For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark,

For as in the days that were before the flood- the word the Lord uses here is “kataklusmos”, from which we derive the English word cataclysm. The Lord is not only affirming the historical account of the flood in the book of Genesis, but is teaching that the flood was even more drastic than a catastrophe, which could be local, but was a complete overflowing of the earth.

They were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage- their extreme wickedness is not emphasised here, but their total disregard for the warnings that both Enoch and Noah had given to them about coming judgement. There is nothing wrong in eating and drinking and marrying and giving in marriage, they are part of our Creator’s plan for life on earth. What is very wrong is to continue with them, and disregard the Creator. So the end times will be marked by apathy towards Divine things.

Until the day that Noe entered into the ark- they could not have failed to notice that Noah was marshalling the creatures into the ark prior to going in himself. Even this was ignored. We might see a parallel in the future, for God is going to marshal His church saints and take them through the opened door of heaven, (see Acts 10:11-16 for an illustration of this). Now Methusalah was so named because his father knew that “when he is dead, it shall be sent”, a reference to the flood. So he must have died during the seven-day period in between the shutting of the door of the ark and the start of the rain, Genesis 6:7,10. Otherwise it would have meant that a man in the line of faith perished in the flood.

24:39
And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

And knew not until the flood came- there were several indications that the flood was coming. There was the fact that Noah was building a great ark; the preaching of Enoch; the continued testimony of the meaning of the name of Methuselah; the taking of food into the ark; the assembling of the animals and their entry into the ark. All these were clear indications that things not seen as yet were about to come. So how could they be said to be ignorant? The apostle Peter gives us the answer, for writing of these people he says that they, like men today, were willingly ignorant, 2 Peter 3:5. So determined to be occupied with their own lives were they, that they forgot God.

And took them all away- so here we have from the lips of the Son of God, who cannot lie, that the flood was universal. This confirms what the book of Genesis had already stated, “All in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died”, Genesis 7:22. As those who were not fit to continue upon the earth, and certainly not fit to step out into a new earth after the flood, they were swept away.

So shall also the coming of the Son of man be- in the future men will increasingly disregard God, and only have time for themselves. The coming of the Son of man will surprise them just as much as did the coming of the flood surprise the men of Noah’s day.

24:40
Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.

Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left- we might think this statement strange, since the Lord has just spoken of all being taken away, and now He speaks of only one out of two being taken away. But the “all” of verse 39 means all who were unbelieving. It does not mean all men absolutely, since eight persons were safe in the ark, so they were not taken away in judgement like the rest of men. So the Lord is here distinguishing these two classes; one is like Noah, a believer, the other is like those who perished in the flood, an unbeliever.

So two men are working together in the field. One is a believer, the other is not. When the Son of man comes, one is taken away for judgement, like the tares in the parable, and the other is left to enter into the kingdom of Christ on earth, like the wheat put into the garner.

It is a great mistake to see in this an illustration of what will happen at the rapture of church saints. Of course there might be situations where there is a believer working alongside an unbeliever, and the believer is taken to be with Christ and the unbeliever is left to go through the Tribulation Period. But the title Son of man is one which connects Him to earth, and would not be appropriate in relation to taking saints to heaven, for it has to do with either His coming to earth at His incarnation, or His coming to earth again at His revelation. Just because the word “taken” is the same Greek word as “receive” in John 14:3 does not over-ride this fact; all must be understood in context.

24:41
Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left.

Two women shall be grinding at the mill- it was the custom in those times for women to sit on the ground with a millstone between them, and one would push the stone round halfway, and then the other would finish the circle. So they are working closely together; even more closely that the two men of the previous verse who were simply “in the field”.

The one shall be taken, and the other left- these may even have been members of the same household, mother and daughter perhaps or mother in law and daughter in law. No matter the closeness of the relationship and the proximity to one another, the coming of the Son of man will divide between them once and for all.

24:42
Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.

Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come- this is an exhortation to the believer, as indicated by the pronoun “your”. The Son of man is his Lord, and therefore His interests should be foremost before the mind. If they are, then he will be waiting expectantly for Him. The fact that he does not know the exact time will not concern him. Note that it is not “will come” but “doth come”, as if His coming is a present possibility at any moment. For the unbeliever to watch the Son of man actually arrive will be too late.

(iii) Verses 43-44
The thief: The need for watchfulness

24:43
But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up.

But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come- not only is there to be a readiness for the coming of the Son of man, but also a constant looking out for Him. The argument of the verse is that if the time of the arrival of the thief was known, then at that time the man would have watched. Since it was not known, he should watch all the time.

He would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up- the matter of watching is urgent, for to not be watching might indicate not being ready, and then a worse disaster than a break-in to the house will follow, even the ruin of the soul. The apostle Paul took up this figure when he wrote, “the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night”, 1 Thessalonians 5:2. Needless to say neither Christ nor Paul are saying that the Son of man is a thief. They are simply using a figure of speech.

24:44
Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.

Therefore be ye also ready- just as the goodman of the house should ideally be alert all of the time, so the believers of the Tribulation time should also be ready all the time.

For in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh- it is important for them to be ready and waiting when He comes, for that will indicate whether they are believers or not. By contrast, when the Lord comes for His church some, alas, will not be ready in the sense that they are not occupied with Divine things. Yet such is the grace of God at this time that whether we “wake or sleep”, that is, whether we are alert or not alert, we shall live together with Him, 1 Thessalonians 5:10.

The reason they do not know the day of His coming is no doubt because the days will be shortened, and if they are counting off the 1260 days of the Tribulation, they will be caught out, for He will come sooner.

(iv) Verses 45-51
The householder: The need for faithfulness

24:45
Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season?

Who then is a faithful and wise servant- a further illustration now, this time to encourage diligence. They are not to be careless of His coming to the extent that the men of Noah’s day were careless about warnings of a flood, and were occupied only with their own things. But, on the other hand, they are not to be so expectant of His coming that they forget they have things to do for Him while they wait. They are to blend faithfulness and wisdom. The faithfulness is to be informed by the wisdom, (which may be defined as “insight into the true nature of things”), and wisdom is to express itself in faithfulness. There is a challenge here, for the question is asked, “Who then”, and each must answer that question for himself.

Whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Despite the difficulties of the Tribulation Period, those who believe are to keep the faith, and nourish their souls to withstand the pressures of the time. The household of faith in any era needs to be fortified by Divine truth, and that truth is to be administered intelligently, according to the need of the hour, or as the phrase is here, “in due season”. Current situations and problems need to be addressed.

24:46
Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.

Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing- it is expected that this servant will be a faithful steward for God right up to the time of the coming of the Son of man. This is part of what it means to be faithful, and is certainly a wise policy. The blessing is detailed in the next verse, for the servant’s Lord is righteous, and will see to it that work done for Him is rewarded. The Lord said elsewhere, “So likewise ye, when ye shall have done all those things which are commanded you, say, ‘We are unprofitable servants: we have done that which was our duty to do'”, Luke 17:10. So the servant should serve because he is commanded to do it, and not to gain reward, although in the goodness of the Lord a reward shall be given.

24:47
Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods.

Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods- so the reward is far beyond what we might expect, such is the generosity of our Lord. As He said elsewhere, “because thou hast been faithful over a very little, have thou authority over ten cities”, Luke 19:17. This shows how highly the Lord values faithfulness to Himself.

24:48
But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming;

But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart- “that evil servant” refers to the man of the next verses. His evil conduct flows from what he says in his heart, for out of the heart are the issues of life, Proverbs 4:23, therefore the heart should be kept “with all diligence”.

My lord delayeth his coming- there is no way this evil servant knows that this is the case. In fact, the writer to the Hebrews, (and, valuable as that book is to us now, it will also be valuable in the Tribulation Period also), states very clearly, “For yet a little while, and he that shall come come will come, and will not tarry”, Hebrews 10:37. So the idea of the evil servant that his lord’s coming is delayed is one he has devised in his own heart, and reveals, not what he knows is true, but what he hopes is true.

24:49
And shall begin to smite his fellowservants, and to eat and drink with the drunken;

And shall begin to smite his fellowservants- his heart-thoughts have issues in his life, as the proverb said they would do. They have a double result, for his attitude towards his fellow-servants is affected, and so is his own personal behaviour. See how a wrong attitude to the coming of Christ is so serious, and justifies the description of this man as an “evil servant”. Believers “love his appearing”, 2 Timothy 4:8, because they love the one who is going to appear. And if they love Him they will love fellow-believers. This man however has the mark of an unrighteous man about him for he loves not his brother. John writes, “We know that we have passed from death unto life, because we love the brethren. He that loveth not his brother abideth in death”, 1 John 3:14.

And to eat and drink with the drunken- not only does this servant not show any responsibility towards his lord and his servants, he is irresponsible in his personal behaviour as well. We have been told of the men of Noah’s day that they were eating and drinking, that is, continuing on with their natural lives and ignoring God. This man goes further and is drunken, and therefore totally insensitive to God. Worse still, he is not drunken on his own, but is consorting with others of like sort, and this reflects on his lord. As the apostle Paul wrote, “For none of us liveth to himself, and no man dieth to himself. For whether we live, we live unto the Lord; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord: whether we live therefore, or die, we are the Lord’s”, Romans 14:7,8.

24:50
The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of,

The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of- he is too busy misbehaving to watch out for the coming of his lord, and is unaware of its approach because he is drunken.

24:51
And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

And shall cut him asunder- this is a severe punishment, and shows the seriousness of disregarding the interests of God in favour of one’s own interests.

And appoint him his portion with the hypocrites-the man took his place amongst the other servants, yet by his behaviour showed that he was a fraud. Such a person will have “his” portion, the due retribution for the sin committed.

There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth- this is the standard formula to describe conditions in the lake of fire. There will be weeping for present pain, and gnashing of teeth against God for inflicting it.

Trial of Jesus Christ Part 1: Before the High Priest and the Sanhedrin

It is difficult to know how to describe the way both Jews and Gentiles treated the Lord Jesus before He was crucified. There were so many illegal acts on the part of Israel, and a gross miscarriage of justice by the Gentiles, that it is flattery to call any of the proceedings a trial. The “princes of this world”, 1 Corinthians 2:8 made their decisions on the basis of prejudice, ignorance, envy and cowardice. To state these things is not anti-semitic, but is to face up to the facts as the Word of God presents them.  Christians should never be anti-Jew, but rather promote their blessing.  That blessing can only come when the facts are presented and acted upon.

The trials were indeed conducted on the basis of prejudice, because the chief judge on the Jewish side had said a few days before, “it is expedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not”, John 11:50. John makes it clear that he was referring to Christ. How can a trial be just when the judge believes the accused ought to die? How can it be right for those in charge of the proceedings to seek for witnesses “against Jesus to put Him to death”, Mark 14:55. Leaving aside the fact that witnesses should not be sought, but should come forward of their own will, they should come to witness impartially, not against the accused, and should certainly not come with the intention of making sure the accused is put to death. Nor should the Sanhedrin have taken counsel “to put Him to death”, Matthew 27:1. They should have taken counsel to discover the truth.

They were marked by ignorance of who He really was. This was wilful ignorance, for He had given ample proof as to who He was by His character as He lived before them, His works as He did miracles, and His words as He spake as none other did. As He Himself said, “If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now they have seen and hated both Me and My Father But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, ‘They hated Me without a cause'”, John 15:22-25. Such was the clarity of His teaching, the power of His works, and the holiness of His character, that to hate Him was to show themselves up as hardened and hateful sinners.

Their decisions were also on the basis of envy, as Pilate realised, for Matthew tells us that “he knew that for envy they had delivered Him”, Matthew 27:18. They saw Christ as a threat to their position and power. The people flocked to hear Him, but hated them.

As for Pilate, three times he declared that Christ was without fault as far as the law was concerned, (on the third occasion after he had scourged Him, which was only done to those who were condemned), but still he decreed that He be crucified. Sadly, he put favour with Caesar before favour with God, for when the chief priests saw that he was wavering, and was seeking to release Him, they said, “If thou let this man go, thou art not Ceasar’s friend”, John 19:12. At that point he sat on his judgement seat and delivered the Lord Jesus to be crucified. This was gross injustice on the basis of cowardice.

The arrest in the garden

18:1 When Jesus had spoken these words, He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron, where was a garden, into the which He entered, and His disciples.

When Jesus had spoken these words- in 17:1, the phrase “these words spake Jesus” introduces the prayer that follows. Here the prayer is in the past, and the “I come to Thee” of 17:13 is continuing to happen. In His prayer to the Father He had used phrases like “I have finished the work”; “I am no more in the world”; “I come to Thee”; “while I was with them in the world”; “now come I to Thee”; “for their sakes I sanctify Myself”; “where I am”. All these expression tell of one who is projecting His mind into the future, and is anticipating being back with His Father, where He will ever live to make intercession for His own.

As far back as Luke 9:51 Jesus had been described as one who was going to be received up, a reference to His ascent to heaven. But more than that, He Himself said ” I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father”, John 16:28. So He began to move back to His Father the moment He had come into the world.

He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron- note the repetition of the word “disciples” in this verse. “With His disciples…and His disciples…with His disciples”, but although marked out as His followers, they became His forsakers in the garden. John does not record this, because he emphasises Christ’s defence of His own, and the way none of them was lost, and if he recorded the disciples fleeing it would detract from this.

The brook Cedron, (known as Kidron in the Old Testament), was a winter-brook, meaning it did not flow constantly, but only in winter and after storms. Job said, “My friends have dealt deceitfully as a brook, and as the stream of brooks they pass away; which are blackish by reason of the ice, and wherein the snow is hid: what time they wax warm they vanish: when it is hot they are consumed out of their place. The paths of their way are turned aside; they go to nothing, and perish”, Job 6:15-18. So Christ’s friends disappeared when the heat of the arrest came, but they did not perish like Job’s friends, for their Lord could say “I have lost none”, verse 9. As the Good Shepherd, He gives to them eternal life, “and they shall never perish”, John 10:28.

David crossed the Kidron (Cedron), when Absalom rebelled against him and Ahithophel changed allegiance and betrayed him, 2 Samuel 15,16,17. The traitor psalms, applied to Judas in the New Testament, (Psalms 41, 55, 69, 109), are based on Ahithophel’s treachery.

But there are several contrasts between David and Christ when they crossed this brook as follows:

1. David had sinned in the matter of Bathsheba, and Ahithophel was Bathsheba’s grandfather, 2 Samuel 11:3; 23:34. It is easy to see he had reason to change allegiance. Judas, however, had no reason at all to betray Christ. In fact, he had every reason to be loyal.

2. The judgement on David for his sin in connection with Bathsheba was, amongst other things, that evil would be raised up against him out of his own house, 2 Samuel 12:11. And so it came to pass, for the would-be usurper of David’s throne, Absalom, was his son. There was no sin in Christ, and therefore no reason for any to rise up against Him, especially from His own band of apostles.

3. David fled in the face of Absalom’s rebellion in part because he was weak in body, as he wrote in Psalm 41:8, “‘An evil disease’, say they, ‘cleaveth fast unto him: and now that he lieth, he shall rise up no more'”. No such affliction affected Christ, however, to enable His enemies to take advantage of Him.

4. David crossed the Kidron brook to flee into the wilderness to escape, leaving himself vulnerable to the loss of his throne; Christ crossed the same brook at the same place to confront His enemies, and go to Calvary to guarantee His throne.

5. Because the route from Jerusalem both David and Christ took was at the approach to the Mount of Olives, we know from ancient Jewish records that they followed the path that the scapegoat took on the Day of Atonement. But only the Lord Jesus could fulfil the ritual of that day, for He was “once offered to bear the sins of many”, Hebrews 9:28.

6. Once they reached the top of Mount Olivet, they were at the place, opposite the east gate of the Temple, where the Red Heifer would be slain “before the Lord”. In one of his repentance psalms, David appealed to the Lord to “Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean”, Psalm 51:7, a reference to the sprinkling of the ashes of the red heifer over a defiled person to make him clean, Numbers 19:17,18. The writer to the Hebrews contrasts the limited effect of the “ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean”, Hebrews 9:13, with the blood of Christ, which purges the conscience fully.

7. It is said that the blood from the Passover lambs was channelled from the altar down to the brook Cedron, so that it is very possible that the waters were still red with their blood. How this must have affected the sensitive soul of Christ as He crossed those waters! But He would do more that cross over the brook, He would go to Calvary and pass through the waters of judgement so that we might be redeemed.

Where was a garden, into the which He entered, and His disciples- John does not name the garden, nor does he name the garden where the sepulchre was, 19:41. He does not use the word Gethsemane, meaning “Place of olive-presses”, for the same reason that he does not record the cry of abandonment on the cross. He is emphasising the Deity of Christ, not His vulnerability. There is no “crushing of the olives” in Gethsemane in John’s gospel, no “being in an agony”, hence no name for the garden which would remind of that. This tells us that the prayer of John 17 was not offered in Gethsemane; even the location was distinct, as well as the content of the prayer. The one was spoken as if the Lord was already in heaven, with the cross over, (hence to mention the place-name would be inappropriate), the others in Gethsemane were offered as if the cross was looming large.

There are other contrasts too, as follows:

Matthew, Mark, Luke John
Location Gethsemane Unknown
Position adopted Fallen on the face Eyes lifted to heaven
Themes of prayer Suffering and death Glory and eternal life
Length Short, in an agony Longer, in view of glory
Subject of prayer Himself and the cup of wrath Himself and believers
Times prayed Three times Once
Company Alone- apostles apart Apostles near at hand
Emphasis Display of Manhood Display of Deity

18:2 And Judas also, which betrayed Him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with His disciples.

And Judas also, which betrayed Him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with His disciples- He would retire there when the authorities in Jerusalem oppressed Him, John 8:1. The place of refuge now becomes the place of arrest. Perhaps Judas and Christ “walked into the House of God in company” from this place, Psalm 55:14.

18:3 Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons.

Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees- putting all the gospel records together, the following were present:

1. A great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and elders of the people, Matthew 26:47.

2. Mark adds “the scribes”, Mark 14:43.

3. The chief priests, captains of the temple, and the elders, Luke 22:52.

4. A band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, John 18:3.

5. Judas, Luke 22:47.

6. A servant of the high priest, Malchus, verse 51.

7. A kinsman of Malchus, John 18:26.

Remember that more than twelve legions of angels were waiting for a call from Christ that never came, but, as the Lord said, “how then shall the Scriptures be fulfilled?” Matthew 26:53.

Cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons- perhaps domestic lamps, hastily picked up when the call came, and military torches. Gideon’s torches caused the enemy to flee, Judges 7:19,20, but here it is the “enemy” who are holding the torches. They are sons of darkness coming to apprehend the Light of the World. But He does not need the torches, nor does He flee. Judas agreed to betray Him “in the absence of the people”, Luke 22:6, and this is how he did it. “He that doeth evil hateth the light”, John 3:20.

The Lord highlighted the swords (military) and staves, (domestic), with the words, “Are ye come out as against a thief with swords and staves for to take Me?” Matthew 26:55. God has put a sword into the hand of the powers that be, so that they can punish evil-doers. But Pilate could ask the question, “Why, what evil hath He done?”, Matthew 27:23, and they refused to answer that question, because they knew the answer. On the other hand, staves are what a householder would use to defend his property from a burglar. So they were treating Him as if He were the one who, like a thief, was acting illegally against the best interests both of the nation, and the individuals in the nation.

In fact, it was they who were in the wrong, for Jewish law was being contravened in the following ways:

1. The arrest should have been done voluntarily by those who were witnesses to the crime.

2. It was illegal for the temple guard acting for the High Priest to make the arrest.

3. It was illegal in Jewish law to use force against a suspect.

4. The arrest should not have been at night, and constituted an act of violence. This is why the disciples were preparing to prevent it. Malchus was probably one of those foremost in the arrest. If Peter had been preventing a legal arrest, he should have been arrested. The fact he was not, showed the authorities knew they were in the wrong.

5. The prisoner was bound, which was unnecessary violence, since He was surrounded by only a few men, and the arrest party consisted of many.

6. The prisoner was taken to Annas first, but he was not the proper magistrate.

7. He was interrogated at night, which was prohibited by law.

8. He was detained in a private house, which amounted to kidnap.

9. He was struck gratuitously, and before any charges had been brought, John 18:22.

18:4 Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon Him, went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye?

Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon Him- the “therefore” indicates that He is acting in line with His knowledge of the Father’s will. He knew He was the foreordained Lamb, 1 Peter 1:20, and that the arrest would lead to His crucifixion.
Went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye? In response to the arrival of the arrest party, the Good Shepherd not only goes before to lead, but also to protect the sheep. The enemies of the sheep have to confront the shepherd first. He went forth to meet them, taking the initiative. There is no mention by John of Judas’ actions, which have taken place before this point. There is an emphasis on the love and care of the Shepherd, not the treachery and hostility of Judas, the wolf, who comes, with his accomplices, “to steal and to kill and to destroy”. He takes the initiative, asking whom they sought, so they did not arrest anyone else by mistake in the semi-darkness.

18:5 They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am He. And Judas also, which betrayed him, stood with them.

They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am He- the blind man said this, John 9:9 and no-one thought he was claiming Deity. So it must be that the expression reminds them of His word, “Before Abraham was, I am”, John 8:58. They took up stones to stone Him then, but now they are determined to see Him crucified.
How remarkable it is that Jesus of Nazareth is the great “I am”! This tells of His Deity. How remarkable also that the great “I am” should answer to the name of Jesus of Nazareth! This tells of His humility. He still answers to that name in heaven, as Saul of Tarsus found, Acts 22:8. His humble and obedient spirit shall never be forgotten.
And Judas also, which betrayed Him, stood with them- he has done his wretched work, and now stands back with his new-found friends. He prefers their company to that of the Son of God, and thus shows himself to be an unbeliever. John alone mentions this fact, for he was especially sensitive to anyone who was untrue to his Lord. Yet Stephen accuses the nation of being the betrayers of Christ, Acts 7:52, so Judas is just a reflection of the nation. Stephen stood for Christ on earth, and Christ stood to receive him into heaven, verse 56.

18:6 As soon then as He had said unto them, I am He, they went backward, and fell to the ground.

As soon then as He had said unto them, I am He, they went backward, and fell to the ground- they took steps backward, reversing momentarily their plans, and then fell to the ground, illustrating what God’s plan is. They involuntarily do what they will do before Christ at the Great White Throne, (unless they have repented beforehand and have bowed the knee in that way), for unto Him every knee shall bow, Philippians 2:10, not only because of what He did when He became man, but also because of His Deity, Isaiah 45:22,23. They have an overpowering sense of Christ’s majesty. They thought they had come to arrest a carpenter, but He is, in fact, the Creator.

18:7 Then asked He them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth.

Then asked He them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth- having shown that He has power in Himself to resist arrest, He now submits to it as His Father’s will, and not as the will of men, thus highlighting that “He was led as a sheep to the slaughter”, Acts 8:32, not resisting at all. They have learnt that they are not in control. They may take Him, but He is delivered by “the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23.

18:8 Jesus answered, I have told you that I am He: if therefore ye seek Me, let these go their way:

Jesus answered, I have told you that I am He He is in control here, and rebukes them for asking the question again, when He has already given the answer. One man is holding a multitude at bay by His word, before submissively allowing them to take Him.
If therefore ye seek Me, let these go their way- having established that they have only come for Him, then, and not before, He requires that the disciples be allowed to go. They cannot refuse this without denying what they have just said. He has put them into a position where they cannot refuse to let the disciples go. The Lord ensures the disciples retire with dignity, even if, when they are out of immediate danger, they flee, as the other gospels record, and as the Lord foretold even in John’s record in 16:32. The emphasis is on His care, and not their fear.

18:9 That the saying might be fulfilled, which He spake, Of them which Thou gavest Me have I lost none.

That the saying might be fulfilled, which He spake, ‘Of them which Thou gavest Me have I lost none’- John is quoting Christ’s testimony to His Father in 17:12. There is no mention of Judas here, as there was in that verse, for he has now clearly sided with the enemy, and has placed himself out of the range of Christ’s protection as Good Shepherd. This statement shows that our Shepherd is concerned about our physical welfare and safety, as well as our spiritual good.

18:10 Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus.

Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus- this had repercussions in a two-fold way later. First, this incident drew attention to Peter, and so a relative of Malchus, who also was in the garden, accused him of being a disciple, and this resulted in the third of his denials, John 18:26,27. Perhaps this is why John is the only one to name Peter as the one with the sword, so as to make his account of Peter’s denial intelligible. Only Luke the doctor records the healing of the ear.
Peter’s action also gave the Lord the opportunity to show Pilate that His kingdom was not of this world. What earthly king rebukes his followers for fighting, and heals one of the enemy’s soldiers? John does not record the healing of the ear to preserve the climax of the raising of Lazarus. To heal an ear, although having significance, would be an anti-climax if recorded after the raising of a dead person.

18:11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath: the cup which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it?

Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath- it is noticeable that the Lord rebuked Peter for seeking to prevent His arrest, but the soldiers do not arrest Peter for the injury to Malchus. They know they are acting illegally. Peter on a human level was justified in seeking to prevent an injustice. The Lord had sanctioned the carrying of a sword when engaged in the work of God, in self-defence, Luke 22:35-38.
The cup which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it? The Lord was acting on a higher level than human justice. Note the difference between these words and “O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me”, Matthew 26:39. The conflict in Gethsemane is over, and the Saviour is resolved to drink the cup. In Mark 14:35,36, “the cup” is the same as “the hour”, so it signifies His suffering and death.
Peter did not realise it then, but later on he would speak of Christ being delivered by “the determinate will and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23, and yet he had sought to frustrate that will! He will write as an old man that the sufferings of Christ were sufferings “that pertained to Christ”, such is the sense conveyed by the particular preposition “of” in that passage, 1 Peter 1:11. Those sufferings were to be His, come what may, and Peter’s sword would not prevent them.

18:12 Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound Him,

Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound Him- this was another illegality, to bind an uncharged suspect. When men came to arrest Elijah, he brought down fire from heaven and consumed the first two arrest parties, and no doubt would have done the same to the third had not the angel intervened, 2 Kings 1:9-15. James and John referred to this as a reason to judge the Samaritans, but the rebuke the Saviour gave was, “The Son of Man is not come to destroy men’s lives, but to save them”, Luke 9:54-56. Samson broke his bands and triumphed, Christ gained victory in weakness. They bind the hands that had just healed an ear.
At this point it will be helpful to have the order of subsequent events in our minds. If we were to read each of the four gospels in isolation, we might gain the impression that they were at variance, or that they had their facts wrong. This is not so, however, because John the apostle lived to be an old man, well beyond the time when the four gospels were written, and the Spirit guided him into all truth, John 16:13. So he, as one present at the proceedings, was able to sanction all four of the records, his own included. We may have confidence, therefore, that what is written is a true witness. We should approach the gospel records, not in a spirit of criticism and doubt, but with an open mind, prepared to accept what they tell us.

The general order of events from the Arrest to the Sentence of Christ, is as follows:

1. Arrest in the garden.

2. Leading, bound, to Annas, one of the High Priests.

3. Transferral to be questioned by Caiaphas, the other High Priest.

4. Brought before an informal Sanhedrin, at night, and condemned.

5. Brought before a formal session of the Sanhedrin at dawn to ratify former decision.

6. Led to Pilate, bound, to be questioned.

7. Sent by Pilate to Herod.

8. Returned to Pilate and questioned again.

9. Pronounced by Pilate to be not guilty, but scourged.

10. Presented to the people who call for His crucifixion.

11. Delivered to be crucified.

12. “And He bearing His cross went forth”.

18:13 And led Him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year.

And led Him away to Annas first- He was “led as a sheep to the slaughter”, Acts 8:32, where the word slaughter is not one used of sacrifice. Their object is to kill Him. They have no notion that He will be the sacrifice, even though it is priests who direct the operation. The House of Annas were known as “the whisperers”, (The Jewish Talmud said “they hissed like vipers”). They exerted their influence on the judges, “whereby rivals were corrupted, judgement perverted, and the Shekinah withdrawn”. The Shekinah was the Jewish name for the glory of God. Christ is the brightness of the glory, Hebrews 1:3, and He was withdrawn from the nation by God, being rejected by the High Priests. They of all people should have appreciated the glory of God in Christ.
In the days of Eli the Israelites brought the Ark of the Covenant into the field of battle, and it was captured. David comments on this later on and writes, “He delivered His strength into captivity, and His glory into the enemy’s hand”, Psalm 78:61. Phinehas’ wife also commented on the incident at the time and said, “the glory is departed from Israel: for the ark of God is taken”, 1 Samuel 4:22. She knew that the glory of God dwelt between the cherubim on the mercy-seat which was upon the ark, and lamented its departure. How much more should Israel have lamented after they had taken the one the ark typified, and delivered Him into the hands of the Gentiles. But the priests, like Eli’s sons, had no such appreciation. No doubt the Philistines thought they had won the day, but they found that the ark was stronger than they were, for Dagon their god bowed down to it. And those who took “the ark” in Gethsemane, they bowed down too, as we have seen in verse 6.
For he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year- the reason He was taken to Annas first was because he was father-in-law to Caiaphas. This might seem a strange reason to give, but John is indicating that the high priests were all of the same family, and Caiaphas was high priest that same year only because of the behind-the-scenes manipulation by Annas.
The fact that John mentions this, as well as saying in verse 24 that Annas had sent Christ bound to Caiaphas, suggests that “the high priest” of the following narrative is Caiaphas, and that the Lord was taken first of all to Annas, but not to be formally interrogated. It shows the influence Annas still had. In fact, in Acts 4:6 it is Annas who is called the high priest, and Caiaphas, whilst present, was simply named.

18:14 Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for the people.

Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for the people- this refers to John 11:45-54. Caiaphas is clearly not an unbiased judge, for he is of the opinion that one man should die, if that avoids the nation perishing, and that one man is Christ. Not only has he made his mind up, but has made it public. This is further evidence of the illegality of the trial. Christ did indeed die for the nation, but not as a hostage, but a sacrificial substitute. It was indeed expedient, or profitable to them, but not so as to prevent the Romans depriving them of their rights, but so as to secure the rights of God in the matter of sin, and enable Him to righteously justify sinners.

There follows in verses 15 to 18 the account of Peter’s first denial. The gospel writers intertwine Peter’s denials with the account of Christ before the high priests, as if to suggest that they, as representatives of the nation, were denying Him too. This was the case, for Peter himself, having been converted from his lapse, accuses the nation later on of denying the Holy One and the Just, Acts 3:14. He then called upon the nation to “repent…and be converted”, verse 19, just as he had repented and been converted from his denials.

We continue with John’s narrative, as he describes the preliminary hearing, designed to prepare the way for the formal hearing before the Sanhedrin at dawn. John is showing us at the outset the disinterest in the truth displayed by the authorities.

18:19 The high priest then asked Jesus of His disciples, and of His doctrine.

The high priest then asked Jesus of His disciples- he is afraid there is about to be an uprising against the authorities, but they need not have worried. The Lord had rebuked Peter for the use of the sword in Gethsemane. Notice the Lord does not discuss His disciples, as He protects them like the Good Shepherd He is. He arranged for their departure at His arrest, thus shielding them physically, and now He shields them again, ensuring that after His ascension they are not targeted.
And of His doctrine- the High Priestly family were Sadducees, and Luke tells us “they say there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit”, Acts 23:8. They are clearly at variance with the teaching of the Lord Jesus. The Lord will not be drawn into details, however, for He had been a recognised teacher in Israel for three and a half years, often in the temple courts, and they had ample opportunity to listen to Him.

We could say the following about His doctrine:

It was a life-giving word- “He that heareth My word, and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into judgement, but is passed from death unto life”, John 5:24.

It was a word from God- “My doctrine is not Mine, but His that sent Me”, John 7:16.

It was a word of truth- “He that sent Me is true: and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of Him”, 8:26.

It was a word of insight- “I speak that which I have seen with My Father”, John 8:38.

It was a word of authority- “For I have not spoken of Myself; but the Father which sent Me, He gave Me commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak”, John 12:49.

18:20 Jesus answered him, I spake openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I said nothing.

Jesus answered him- the Lord was always in control during His trials, yet never acted rudely. “When He suffered, He threatened not”, 1 Peter 2:23. He is confident that truth is on His side, and He will not allow error and falsehood to prevail, even when He is a bound prisoner.
I spake openly to the world- He never limited Himself to a select group of listeners, for all were welcome to hear what He had to say. There was no secrecy. This was a rebuke to Annas, (who was very possibly present, since Peter links all those named as rulers together in Acts 4:8 as being guilty of crucifying Christ), for Annas was notorious for his secret dealings, being known as “the whisperer”.
I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always resort- His was no attempt to advance some weird doctrines at variance with the teaching of the Old Testament. He was recognised as a teacher in the synagogues, and He taught in the temple courts as other doctors of the law did. He was not a rabble-rouser on the street corner. The prophet had said that “He shall not cry, not lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street”, Isaiah 42:2. The apostles followed this example, preaching either in the synagogues, or in different houses.
The temple was the territory of the High Priests, and their responsibility, so if He had been a heretic, they should have arrested Him immediately. The fact is that when they tried to do so, those who were sent to apprehend Him came back without Him, saying, “Never man spake like this man”, John 7:46. The power of His words was enough to prevent His arrest.
And in secret have I said nothing- of course he had spoken to His disciples in the privacy of the upper room, but that was only after the nation had had three and a half years in which to listen to Him and know the sort of things He was saying and teaching.

18:21 Why askest thou Me? ask them which heard Me, what I have said unto them: behold, they know what I said.

Why askest thou Me? It was forbidden in Jewish law to try to get the accused to incriminate himself, hence the implied rebuke for asking Him.
Ask them which heard Me, what I have said unto them: behold, they know what I said- the Lord appeals to those who could bear witness, and implies that the high priest should have been bringing them forward to bear testimony, not false witnesses who couldn’t agree. This is a rebuke from “the Holy One and the Just”, for his false dealings

18:22 And when He had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand, saying, Answerest Thou the high priest so?

And when He had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand- is this the best way that the nation entrusted with God’s righteous law can behave? Have they no procedures by which to deal with this situation? They have no answer to His responses, except an act of contempt and insult. Men still hold (suppress) the truth in unrighteousness, Romans 1:18. This is part of the process by which the world was being judged by Christ, bringing it out into the light and exposing its wickedness. He is prepared to be ill-treated in this way if the truth is brought out thereby, as it is.
Saying, Answerest Thou the high priest so? Any prisoner was within His rights to protest at the illegality of the proceedings. Paul protested at his illegal treatment, so that others would benefit, Acts 16:37. The Lord will not allow unrighteousness. He is “the Just One, of whom ye have been now the betrayers and murderers”, Acts 7:52, (said to the high priest, verse 1). The officer is clearly trying to impress his master with his zeal. He should have been restrained and rebuked for breaking the law, but there was no interest in keeping to the law that night.

18:23 Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil: but if well, why smitest thou Me?

Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil- He was either guilty or innocent of reviling the high priest. If guilty, the due process should be followed and measures taken to show His guilt. Annas and Caiaphas are being given a lesson in justice by “the Judge of all the earth”. But if well, why smitest thou Me? That the action of striking Him was illegal is seen in the absence of any response to Christ’s question.

18:24 Now Annas had sent Him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest.

Now Annas had sent Him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest- why does John tell us this at this point? It may be that Annas lived in the same palace as Caiaphas, and John is preparing us for the possibility that when the Lord was being taken from Caiaphas to Pilate, it was then “He turned, and looked upon Peter”, Luke 22:61. It is also possible that by his deliberate vagueness as to where the conversation took place, John is using a literary device to show his disapproval of what happened. Jacob had said, as he prophesied about the wickedness of Simeon and Levi, “O my soul, come not into their secret; unto their assembly, mine honour, be not thou united”, Genesis 49:6. John is heeding Jacob’s advice, and distancing himself from the secret counsels of the descendants of Levi. It would have been better for Peter if he had done this too, for his other name Simon is the equivalent of Simeon, who was allied to Levi. Simon Peter came close to being united unto their assembly, such is the danger of denial.

In John 18:25-27 we have John’s account of Peter’s third denial, as if to put side by side the denial of Peter for the third time and the denial of the Jewish authorities of the Lord Jesus for the third time, first before Annas privately, then before Caiaphas and an informal company of “chief priests and elders, and all the council”, Matthew 26:59, and then before the formal Sanhedrin in public at the break of day, (although John does not record this latter “trial”). By his statement about the sending from Annas to Caiaphas, John is ensuring we realise the informal session of the Sanhedrin we shall consider next was under Caiaphas the High priest’s control, for he was high priest that year.

We continue with the informal session before Caiaphas and the council, (otherwise known as the Sanhedrin), in Mark’s account:

Mark 14:55-65

14:55 And the chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put Him to death; and found none.

And the chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put Him to death, and found none- we see the determination of the rulers to obtain what they want. They first of all sought for witness. Now forced witness is of no value, for witnesses must come forward voluntarily. Especially since under Jewish law those who brought false witness were to be condemned with the same punishment as the one they witnessed against would have received. Witnesses therefore would be very reluctant to come forward and give false testimony under this system. The rulers will tell Pilate later on that “by our law He ought to die”, but they did not follow their law.
Note the bias of these judges, for they are bringing forward witnesses for one purpose only, to see that the prisoner is put to death. They are not assembled to seek and find the truth, but to get Christ crucified; that is their agenda.

14:56 For many bare false witness against Him, but their witness agreed not together.

For many bear false witness against Him, but their witness did not agree together- the requirement of the law of Moses was as follows: “One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established. If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong; Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before the Lord, before the priests and the judges, which shall be in those days; And the judges shall make diligent inquisition: and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified falsely against his brother; Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you. And thine eye shall not pity; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot”, Deuteronomy 19:15-21. We see from this that the false witnesses should have been crucified, (for that was what their false witness would result in), and the case dismissed as being unjust.

14:57 And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying,

And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying- having brought forced witness, and false witness, we now have fabricated witness. Clearly the priests are having trouble in finding any who will witness against Him. There were multitudes in Israel who could bear testimony for Him, so why were these not brought?

14:58 We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and within three days I will build another made without hands.

We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands- this is a garbled version of what the Lord had said in Jerusalem at the first Passover of His public ministry. He had actually said, when asked what sign He showed to give Him the right to purge the temple, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up”, John 2:19. They misunderstood His words, thinking He was referring only to Herod’s temple. This is why they spoke of Him rearing it up in three days, when it had been forty-six years since the building had started, and still it was not finished. After His resurrection from the dead the disciples realised that He had been speaking of the temple of His body, of which the temple was a figure.
He said nothing about destroying the temple himself. It was they who would do it, when they secured His death. His body, soul and spirit would be separated in death, and since they were responsible for His death, (although from another viewpoint He laid His life down of Himself), they would destroy Him.
There is a vital link between the crucifixion of Christ, and the destruction of the city of Jerusalem in AD 70. Daniel 9:26 speaks of the Messiah being cut off, and immediately goes on to speak of the city and sanctuary being destroyed, thus establishing a link between the two. Jacob prophesied of the time when the sons of Levi, the priestly tribe, would, in their anger, slay a man, and in their self-will dig down a wall, Genesis 49:5-7. The slaughter of Christ, and the destruction of the walls of Jerusalem are linked. The parable of the marriage of the king’s son involves the city of those who refused the invitation to the wedding being destroyed, Matthew 22:1-7. There is a vital connection, then, between the destiny of the temple, and that of His body, the temple of the Holy Spirit. Both will be destroyed, but both will rise again. In the case of Christ’s body the destruction would mean the separation of His body, soul and spirit in death, and significantly, when that happened the vail of the temple was rent- the destruction had begun!
So by crucifying Him, they would secure the destruction of the city of Jerusalem and the temple. But Hosea had spoken of a period of three days after which God would raise up His people Israel from the grave of the nations, Hosea 6:1,2, and see also Deuteronomy 32:39. Together with His dead body would they rise, Isaiah 26:19, or in other words, they would be associated with, and believe in, His resurrection at long last, and gain the benefits which His rising again brings to those who believe. When He comes again there will be built a temple fit for His glorious kingdom, as detailed by Ezekiel in his prophecy, chapters 40-47. As Zechariah said, “He shall build the temple of the Lord”, Zechariah 6:12.
It was the Sadducean party which controlled the temple, and they did not believe in the resurrection of the body. They no doubt thought of this statement by Christ during the first Passover of His ministry as an attack upon their doctrine. And now at His trial during the last Passover of His ministry it is the Sadducean party in control of proceedings. They think it is time for revenge.
And within three days I will build another made without hands- there are at least three misrepresentations here. He did not say He would build another, but would raise up the one that was destroyed. He did not imply that it would take three days, but stated He would do it three days after the destruction. He said nothing of the building being made without hands, as if it were some magical building. They either ignorantly or wilfully misquoted His words.

14:59 But neither so did their witness agree together.

But neither so did their witness agree together- just as the witnesses of verse 56 did not agree together, neither did these latter ones agree either. The case should have collapsed, therefore, but those conducting it are not interested in justice.

14:60 And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest Thou nothing? what is it which these witness against Thee?

And the high priest stood up in the midst- according to Jewish law, this was an illegal act, and should have signalled the end of the trial altogether. Caiaphas is clearly frustrated, and having failed to find two witnesses who will agree, has to resort to try to get the prisoner to incriminate Himself.
And asked Jesus, saying, Answerest Thou nothing? what is it which these witness against Thee? The Lord Jesus will not appear to endorse false witness by responding to it. When it was a question of His own honour, He would be like a sheep dumb before its shearers, as the prophet had said. Men are here seeking to shear Him of His glory, and He remains silent. When it is a question of the glory of His Father, or the defence of the truth, or the safety of His disciples, He will speak; but not otherwise.

14:61 But He held His peace, and answered nothing. Again the high priest asked Him, and said unto Him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?

But He held His peace, and answered nothing- He will not even explain why He will not answer, such is His determination to remain silent.
Again the high priest asked Him, and said unto Him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? We know from Matthew’s gospel that at this point the High Priest had put the Lord Jesus under oath. We read, “And the high priest answered and said unto Him, I adjure thee by the living God, that Thou tell us whether Thou be the Christ, the Son of God”, Matthew 26:63. He was obliged to answer, therefore, as a godly Jew, for it was a trespass against the law to not answer. The word is, “And if a soul sin, and hear the voice of swearing, and is a witness, whether he hath seen or known of it; if he do not utter it, then he shall bear his iniquity”. By “voice of swearing” is meant “the voice of one who is putting you under oath”.

14:62 And Jesus said, I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.

And Jesus said, I am- in Matthew the answer is “Thou hast said”, which is the formula a polite Jew would use when answering a question of a serious nature. Mark tells us what He said in its plain meaning, for the benefit of his Gentile readers. Here is a definite and unmistakable claim to Deity, and because the rulers did not believe His claim, they reckoned it to be blasphemy. It should be noticed that to the learned men of Israel the title “Son of the Blessed” was a title of Deity. The fact that He claimed to be God’s Son did not imply He was in some way less than God. He was claiming to be fully God. The expression “son of” to an Eastern mind would mean “the sharer of the nature of”. So the Lord called James and John “sons of thunder”, meaning they shared the same nature as the thunder did, stormy and angry.
And ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power- notice He reverts now to the title, Son of man, that is relevant to all men, for judgement has been given to Him because He is Son of Man, John 5:22. The priests are being informed that although they sit in judgement on Him then, in a day to come it will be different. And that He will rise from the dead and ascend to the right hand of God, which is the right hand of power, will ensure that this will happen, for as Paul said to the men of Athens, who scoffed at the idea of the resurrection of the dead, (as the Sadducean priests did in Israel), that God “hath appointed a day, in the which He will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom He hath ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in that He hath raised Him from the dead”, Acts 17:31.
It seems that those in hell can see those in heaven, although between them there is “a great gulf fixed”, Luke 16:23. So it is that when he died and went to hell, Caaiphas was able to see the one he had condemned, and would realise that He was in the highest place of honour, whilst he himself was in the depths of shame.
And coming in the clouds of heaven- Christ would do more than ascend to heaven, He would descend from thence in power and great glory, and “every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him”, Revelation 1:7. We see now why the Lord said “ye shall see”, for this pronoun is plural. All the unbelievers in the nation, represented that day by Caiaphas, shall see these things. And the nation as a whole shall see, too, as their Messiah comes to reign.

14:63 Then the high priest rent his clothes, and saith, What need we any further witnesses?

Then the high priest rent his clothes- this in itself was an act contrary to the law, for the Scripture says, “And he that is the high priest among his brethren, upon whose head the anointing oil was poured, and that is consecrated to put on the garments, shall not uncover his head, nor rend his clothes”, Leviticus 21:10. Now it is very unlikely that the high priest would be wearing his garments for glory and beauty at this time, for presumably they were worn during his ministrations in the temple. But this rending of clothes does have a metaphorical meaning, for the garments of the high priest had gold wires interwoven in them, and if he had rent those garments he would have broken the gold wires. But those wires signified the glory of Deity, and thus by rending his clothes the high priest renounced the Deity of Christ that had just been affirmed by Christ’s words.
And saith, What need we any further witnesses? By this statement he admitted that the witnesses already brought before him had not produced any evidence of guilt. He had to resort to placing the prisoner on oath to obtain a confession. He also is bringing the proceedings to a swift conclusion, because he thinks he has obtained what he thinks is a confession of guilt.

14:64 Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned Him to be guilty of death.

Ye have heard the blasphemy- Christ had given ample proof of His Deity throughout His ministry, but they were determined not to believe on Him, for that would involve loss of prestige and power. Blasphemy is speech that injures the reputation of another, in this case of God. They believed it was their duty to stone blasphemers to death, and indeed it was, for the law required it in Leviticus 24:15,16, with the words, “And thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, ‘Whosoever curseth his God shall bear his sin. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, he shall surely be put to death, and all the congregation shall certainly stone him: as well the stranger, as he that is born in the land, when he blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death'”. So to speak injuriously of God merited stoning; it stands to reason that to claim, as a man, to be equal with God is the ultimate injury and insult.
What think ye? And they all condemned Him to be guilty of death- Caiaphas cannot make the decision alone, so he now puts the matter to the vote of the Sanhedrin, and by so doing will make them guilty of the conviction of Christ too. As Peter will say just a few weeks later, “I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers”, Acts 3:17. It is interesting to notice in this connection that the only category of person who was to bring a male kid of the goats as a sin offering, was a ruler, Leviticus 4:22-26. And the animal that was slain to atone for the sins of the nation on the Day of Atonement was a male kid of the goats, Leviticus 16:5. Thus there is a link between the rulers and the nation in their sin, (“ye did it, as also your rulers”), and both are provided for in the true sacrifice of Christ for sin which the goat pictured; such is the grace of God.

14:65 And some began to spit on Him, and to cover His face, and to buffet Him, and to say unto Him, Prophesy: and the servants did strike Him with the palms of their hands.

And some began to spit on Him- the soldiers of Pilate, who were Gentiles, did this later on, but we do not expect such behaviour from the officers of the high priest of Israel. The prophet foretold this when he wrote of the Messiah, “I hid not My face from shame and spitting”, Isaiah 50:6. To spit on someone is the ultimate expression of contempt and hatred, and the Lord Jesus did not seek to avoid this expression of the wickedness of men. He endured the cross, for His Father ordained that for Him, but He despised the shame, that which men gratuitously heaped upon Him. Even if a person is guilty, justice does not require that he be insulted. In fact, Jewish law required the utmost respect for a prisoner, and extreme deference was to be shown to him. After all, until condemned, he was to be reckoned innocent.
The Lord Jesus warned His disciples with the words, “Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of Man shall be accomplished. For He shall be delivered to the Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on, and they shall scourge Him, and put Him to death: and the third day He shall rise again”, Luke 18:31-33. And so it came to pass, for we read, “And the soldiers led Him away into the hall, called Praetorium; and they call together the whole band. And they clothed Him with purple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about His head, and began to salute Him, ‘Hail, King of the Jews!’ And they smote Him on the head with a reed, and did spit upon Him, and bowing their knees worshipped Him”, Mark 15:16-19. Clearly they are mocking His claim to be King. The robe of imperial purple, the crown, (albeit of thorns), the feeble reed for a sceptre, (but used to smite Him, as if they were the ones with the power), and then the anointing as king- but with their vile spittle. This is humiliation indeed, but through it all there is no murmur of complaint, for “when He was reviled, He reviled not again”, 1 Peter 2:23.
What the Lord did not tell His disciples was that their rulers would spit on Him also. It was one thing for uncouth Gentile soldiers to do this, but it was entirely another thing for members of the Sanhedrin to do so. They were so contemptuous of Him that they allowed themselves to do it, for we read that in the High Priest’s palace with the council present, when the Lord affirmed that He was indeed the Christ, “some began to spit on Him”, Mark 14:65, and Matthew tells us “they spit in His face”, Matthew 26:67. They no doubt felt justified in doing this, for had He not claimed to be the Son of God, and therefore was an apostate and a blasphemer? They had refused the testimony of His forerunner John, of His Father as He spoke from heaven, and His works, see John 5:32-38. It is gratifying to notice that Mark says that “some began to spit on Him”, Mark 14:65, thus allowing us to believe that Joseph of Arimathea did not stoop so low. So the Gentiles spit on Him in mock anointing, but Jews spit in His face in contempt.
And to cover His face, and to buffet Him, and to say unto Him, Prophesy; and the servants did strike Him with the palms of their hands- if He is Messiah, and the Son of God, He ought to be able to tell who is striking Him. Matthew’s account says, “They did spit in His face, and buffeted Him; and others smote Him with the palms of their hands, saying, Prophesy unto us, Thou Christ, Who is he that smote Thee?” At one and the same time they challenge Him to speak in prophecy, and also smite Him on the face to silence Him. They thus mock His claims further, and needlessly abuse Him.

Luke’s account of the formal session of the Sanhedrin:

Luke 22:66 And as soon as it was day, the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together, and led Him into their council, saying,

And as soon as it was day- Matthew writes, “When the morning was come”, as if they had been impatiently waiting for the day to dawn, for they could not hold their official meeting before then, or else Pilate might declare it invalid and their cause would fail. Mark says “straitway”, a characteristic word of his, but often in connection with the Lord Jesus and His readiness to do His Father’s will. It is now used of the readiness of the Jewish authorities to do Satan’s will. Luke says “as soon as it was day”, so once the day had begun they set about the task of convicting Him. As the apostle says of sinners, they are “swift to shed blood”, Romans 3:15, and he is probably alluding to Isaiah 59:7 which reads, “Their feet run to evil, and they make haste to shed innocent blood”. They show their haste by holding the council at the earliest possible moment after daybreak. They had already passed sentence in their illegal council, for we read, “And they all condemned Him to be guilty of death”, Mark 14:64, so they had made up their minds already. This further council was simply to confirm officially what they already decided unofficially. Matthew tells us that they “took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death”, so they had only one outcome in mind.
The elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together- Mark tells us it was with the whole council, Mark 15:1. But we are also told that Joseph of Arimathea was a secret disciple, John 19:38, and also that he “had not consented to the counsel and deed of them”, Luke 23:51, so the decision of the council was not unanimous.
And led Him into their council, saying- so brief were the proceedings of this council that Matthew and Mark do not even relate what was said.

22:67 Art thou the Christ? tell us. And He said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not believe:

Art thou the Christ? tell us- something of their impatience is seen in the terse question and command they gave Him. They find, however, that the Lord Jesus will not be rushed, and shows He knows their hearts. It was illegal to try to get a prisoner to bear witness alone, and He has not been put on oath at this session, so He is not obliged to answer them at all. In any case they had had three and a half years in which to ascertain whether He bore the credentials of the Messiah.
One of the features of the Messiah was that He would give sight to the blind and cause the lame to walk, Isaiah 35:5,6, and these were the two classes of people that came to Him in the temple, for we read of Him being in the temple just a few days previous to this “And the blind and lame came to Him in the temple; and He healed them”, Matthew 21:14. They obviously thought that He was the Messiah, for they came to Him; it was not as if they were brought by others. They were not put off by the fact that David hated the blind and the lame, and had banned them from coming into the temple courts, 2 Samuel 5:8. The Lord Jesus had been welcomed into Jerusalem as the Son of David, Matthew 21:9, but they obviously did not think He hated them. So right in the precincts of the temple, the place where the chief priests operated, there had been clear proof just a few days before, that He was the Messiah.
Even though He was not obliged to answer, He did so, and in such a way as to show them that He was indeed the Messiah, for Isaiah had told them that “the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and might, the Spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; and shall make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: And He shall not judge after the sight of His eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of His ears: But with righteousness shall He judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth”, Isaiah 11:2-4. All these features are in stark contrast to those before whom Christ stood. They lacked wisdom and understanding, they had no fear of the Lord, they judged after the hearing of their ears, listening and believing false witnesses. They had the supremely Poor Man before them, but did not judge Him with righteousness or reprove with equity.
Because He was not on oath, He was not obliged to answer directly, but He did answer indirectly, and in such a manner that they could not gainsay. The best way to achieve conviction in the heart of man, is for that heart to be convinced internally. It is the case with the Scriptures. Once men have approached the Word of God with an unbiased mind and a seeking heart, and are prepared to put aside pre-conceived ideas, then the Spirit of God will use that word to convict them, as they are exposed to its living power. When this happens, the proof lies within the man, and is not imposed on him from without.
So it is with the truth of the Christ-hood of the Lord Jesus. As He speaks to the men who accuse Him, He is skilfully showing that He is indeed the Messiah because He fulfils the criteria Isaiah set out as to His wisdom and understanding. He does this by means of four statements.
And He said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not believe- this is the first statement, which is a prophecy, and shows that He knows their future, that their unbelief is permanent. They knew in their heart of hearts that this was the case, for they were determined not to believe in Him.

22:68 And if I also ask you, ye will not answer Me, nor let Me go.

And if I also ask you, ye will not answer Me- He knew that they knew He was the Messiah, but their hearts were so hard that they would not even respond if He asked them, but would stubbornly refuse to admit it.
Nor let Me go- He knew they were not interested in justice, so even though they knew He was the Messiah, their stubborn refusal to believe would prevent them letting Him go, as one against whom there was no charge. The apostle Paul wrote about God’s wisdom, “which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory”. It is not that if they had known they would have spared Him crucifixion. Rather, if they had known, they would not have crucified Him because they did not wish God’s purpose to be fulfilled, and would seek to frustrate it.

22:69 Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God.

Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God- this is the fourth statement and the fourth prophecy, this time not about them, but about Himself. He told them early on in His ministry that authority to execute judgement has been committed to Him because He is Son of Man, John 5:27. He is relevant to all men, not just to the nation of Israel. As Son of man He has been on earth and given them the opportunity to react to Him at close quarters. He foretells that He will rise to heaven to sit on the right hand of God, the place of the Firstborn, the place of administration, which in this context is the place of justice and judgement.
When standing before Caiaphas previously, the Lord had said, “Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power”, but then added, “and coming in the clouds of heaven”, Matthew 26:64. The point of the latter phrase being that it is a reference to Daniel 7:13, where Daniel writes, “I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of Man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of Days”. But when he writes of the coming of the Son of Man he says, “until the Ancient of Days came”, verse 22. This is why on that occasion Caiaphas said, “He hath spoken blasphemy”, for He was claiming a Divine title, and the high priest rejected that claim as blasphemy.

22:70 Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? And He said unto them, Ye say that I am.

Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? Notice the “then”, for it shows they have drawn a logical conclusion from His statement about sitting on the right hand of the power of God. They have rightly seen in this a claim to Deity.
And He said unto them, Ye say that I am- we should not think of this statement as being a vague one, as if to say, “You can say that is the case if you choose to”. Rather, it is the way a polite Jew would answer in the affirmative, so His reply is a definite “Yes”, but framed in a courteous way.

22:71 And they said, What need we any further witness? for we ourselves have heard of His own mouth.

And they said, What need we any further witness? for we ourselves have heard of His own mouth- this shows that they did not believe He was avoiding their question, but had made a definite statement. The claim to be Son of God on the part of anyone else would indeed be blasphemy, and would merit death by stoning. But this would almost certainly involve the breaking of bones, and Scripture said that “He keepeth all His bones: not one of them is broken”, Psalm 34:20, and to be “Christ our Passover”, the Lamb of God must not have any bones broken. God had foreseen this, and had allowed the Roman authorities to take away from the nation the right to stone to death.
They have achieved their object, and have grounds, in their view, for demanding His death. They can now go to Pilate and affirm that in a solemn, formal assembly of the Sanhedrin, after the break of day, they have judged Him to be worthy of death.

REVELATION 1

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made. It would be appreciated if the name of the website were to be retained at the end of the article if it is printed for distribution to others. Thank you.

You will find that if you copy the text into Libre Office Writer the formatting will be retained for printing.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you. ebsiourwn personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the

The character and purpose of the Book of Revelation is simply stated by John when he tells us that he is passing on the revelation that God gave to Jesus Christ. So the book is not a series of predictions by John himself. The title “Revelation of St. John the Divine”, as given in some Bibles, is completely off the mark. That is a title added by man, for the true title is the first phrase of the book, “The Revelation of Jesus Christ”. John is setting out of things given to him through the agency of an angel, and which those who serve God need to know.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF THE REVELATION CHAPTER 1, VERSES 1 TO 20:

1:1  The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to shew unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John:

1:2  Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw.

1:3  Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.

1:4  John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from Him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before His throne;

1:5  And from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood,

1:6  And hath made us kings and priests unto God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.

1:7  Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him. Even so, Amen.

1:8  I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.

1:9  I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.

1:10  I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet,

1:11  Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.

1:12  And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks;

1:13  And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.

1:14  His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire;

1:15  And His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters.

1:16  And He had in His right hand seven stars: and out of His mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength.

1:17  And when I saw him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last:

1:18  I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.

1:19  Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter;

1:20  The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches.

Structure of the chapter
We may divide chapter 1 into seven sections as follows:

Verses 1-3

John’s introduction

the character of the book.

Verses 4-5(a)

John’s benediction

the blessing of the book.

Verses 5(b)-6

John’s adoration

the object of the book.

Verse 7 

John’s exclamation

the theme of the book.

Verse 8 

John’s accreditation 

the endorsement of the book.

Verses 9-11

John’s commission

the communication of the book

Verses 12-20

John’s appreciation

the basis of the book.

 

Verses 1-3        John’s introduction    The character of the book.

1:1  The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John:
 
The revelation of Jesus Christ-
the word for revelation is “unveiling”, being a combination of the pronoun “apo” meaning “away from”, and “kalupsis” meaning “veiled”.  It is the taking away of a veil, so that something or someone may be revealed and manifest.

Jesus Christ has been hidden from the sight of men since He ascended back to the Father.  As He said, “I go to My Father, and ye see Me no more”, John 16:10.  This was spoken to the disciples who, later on, as they stood on the Mount of Olives, watched Him ascend to heaven, “and a cloud received Him out of their sight”, Acts 1:9. 

Hebrews 6:19,20 describes the ascension in terms of the Lord Jesus entering in within the veil, a reference to the starry heavens which God has stretched out like a curtain, Isaiah 40:22.  Like Joash the boy-king, He has been hidden in the sanctuary until it is appropriate to show Him to the world, 2 Chronicles 22:12.  God is going to bring His First begotten into the habitable earth again, Hebrews 1:6, and give Him the opportunity to show in His own times “who is that blessed and only potentate, King of kings and Lord of lords”, 1 Timothy 6:13-16. 

So there shall be a revelation in the future, and John anticipates it in verse 7 with the words, “Behold He cometh with clouds, and every eye shall see Him; and they also that pierced Him; and all the tribes of the earth shall wail because of Him.  Even so, Amen”.  We may capture by the word “behold” something of the excitement in John’s heart at the prospect of Christ’s return.  It is good for all believers to “love His appearing”, 2 Timothy 4:8, and look for it, Titus 2:13.

John describes the return of Christ to earth in Revelation 19:11-16, but the major body of His book is taken up with the way the events preceding His return reveal Him.  These previews, taken together, make up the revelation of Jesus Christ that God gave unto Him.  It is given unto Him in the sense that He has been given authority to reveal beforehand to His servants what His revelation in glory will involve.  So it is not a revelation given to Jesus Christ as if He does not know until He is told. (After all, much of the content of the Book of Revelation is anticipated in the Old Testament prophecies). Rather, it is a revelation that He is authorised to give.

John was on the island of Patmos when he wrote the book, and he might have been depressed and frustrated, being forced by the Roman authorities to do hard labour in the quarries.  He, and we, are encouraged by this fore-view of things yet to come, for we are thereby assured that God is still in control.
Which God gave unto Him- the Father is said in Scripture to give several things to the Son.  These include the following:
1.    The Son has been entrusted with the task of giving eternal life- “The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand.  He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life: and He that believeth not the Son shall not see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him”, John 3:35,36
2.    The Son is given to have life in Himself for others- “For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself”, John 5:26.
3.    The Son has authority to judge men- “And hath given Him authority to execute judgement also, because He is Son of Man”, John 5:27. 
4.    The Son was given works to finish- “But I have greater witness than that of John: for the works which My Father hath given Me to finish, the same works that I do, bear witness of Me, that the Father hath sent Me”, John 5:36.
5.    The Son has been given commandment by the Father as to what He should say- “For I have not spoken of Myself; but the Father which sent Me, He gave Me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak”, John 12:49.
6.    The Son has been given power over all flesh- “As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him”, John 17:2.
7.    The Son has been given glory- “And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one”, John 17:22.
8.    The Son was given the cup of suffering to drink- “Then said Jesus unto Peter, ‘Put up thy sword into the sheath: the cup which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it?’” John 18:11.

The fact that these things are given to Christ in no way suggests that He is inferior to the Father.  Rather, they confirm the equality of the Son with the Father.  (Notice that all of the above quotations come from the Gospel of John, which particularly emphasises the Deity of Christ).  Only one who is Himself God could be entrusted with these responsibilities.  The giving is not an act of Divine grace, but of Divine administration, as God works out all things after the counsel of His own will.  That counsel means that it is the good pleasure of the Godhead to allot certain functions to the Son. 

To show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John- this revelation of Christ is given to Him by God the Father, 1:1, and is then transmitted to John by means of the angel described as “His angel”, (see also 22:16), and then is written down, and sent in letter form to the seven churches listed in 1:11.  The whole of the book is sent to each of these seven churches, 22:16.  His angel refers to the angel who is entrusted with the task of communicating on behalf of Christ. it may be that this angel is the personal representative of Christ in the Old Testament. So the giving of this revelation to the Son is so that God’s servants may be intelligent as to His ways in the future.  With the implication that they will be able to serve better if they know these things than if they did not.

1:2  Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw.

Who bare record of the word of God- there are three things which tell us further about the book John is about to write.  John testifies or bears record about the word of God, which would be the occasional statements God makes throughout the book, verse 8 being one of them. 
And of the testimony of Jesus Christ- this is either that which Jesus Christ testifies about Himself in the book, such as in verses 17 and 18, or the testimony John bears to Him on the basis of what he sees. 
And of all things that he saw- the main body of the book, which gives details of the visions John had, and which he recorded.

1:3  Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.

Blessed is he that readeth- so there is a blessing attached to this book, just as there is a curse attached to it in chapter 22.  In the latter place a curse is pronounced on those who add or take away from it, such is the importance of what is written.  In this chapter, however, there is a threefold blessing.  For the one who publicly reads the book, with the implication he does it carefully and with reverence.  Notice that the one who reads is singular, whereas the hearers and keepers are plural, thus telling us that the reader is reading to others in the first instance.  In apostolic times copies of the Scriptures were few in number, and one person would have the task of reading to the whole company.  The apostle Paul wrote to the Colossians, “and when this epistle is read among you, cause that it be read also in the church of the Laodiceans”, Colossians 4:16.  Those who undertake to read the Scriptures publicly should do so with care and accuracy, to the glory of God.  As Paul exhorted Timothy, “Give attention to reading”, 1 Timothy4:13.
And they that hear the words of this prophecy- this is a blessing for the one who hears it read, and does so with attention and interest. 
And keep those things which are written therein- these are they who keep and treasure what is written therein.  It might seem strange to take delight in a book that is mainly about judgement, but those who have Christ’s interests at heart will rejoice that He is eventually to be vindicated in the earth, and will bring in universal blessedness, as well as a new heavens and new earth.  His judgements are a means to an end, and it is the end they rejoice in.  A right understanding of God’s various dealings with men is part of the keeping spoken of here.  We do not “keep” when we misunderstand Scripture.
For the time is at hand- John had learnt to think of time as God thinks of it, so he is able to say that the time is at hand, for a thousand years to God are like a single day to us.  Coupled with this is the fact that the coming of the Lord for the church can be at any moment, so His coming is always near from that perspective.

Verses 4-5(a)    John’s salutation    The source of the book.

1:4,5(a)  John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from Him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before His throne;  and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth.

John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace- John is able to send greetings to the seven churches which will result in them having an enhanced appreciation of the grace and peace which alone comes from God.  The world is destined for wrath and war, but the believer’s expectation is completely different.
From Him which is- these blessings come from the God who is ever there, ever attentive to the needs of His people, something John was no doubt comforted by as he languished in his banishment to the isle of Patmos.  God is unaffected by the passing of time.
And which was- throughout the ages of the Old Testament He had showed Himself to be faithful.
And which is to come- He will always be the Coming One, revealing Himself to His people for all eternity.
And from the seven Spirits which are before His throne- Divine blessings can only come from Divine Persons, so this rather strange description of the Holy Spirit is startling.  But it is a description of the Holy Spirit that is appropriate for the Book of Revelation to use, for it graphically presents to us the idea of fullness of spiritual power, such as is invested in the Spirit of God.  The Hebrew word for seven means fullness or completeness. The verb ‘are’ is in the singular, so just as in the first book of the Bible we find a singular verb ‘created’ used with a plural noun ‘God’, so here, the seven spirits, plural, are one in power, aim and essence, being expressions of the one Spirit of God, Ephesians 4:4.
And from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness- the fact that He is associated with the God of heaven by being, equally with the Father and the Spirit, the source of Divine blessings, is clear testimony to His Deity.  But He is man as well, and when on earth He maintained a faithful witness to the truth of God. 
And the first begotten of the dead- now that He is back in heaven He is there as the First-begotten from the dead, whose resurrection is a sure sign that God is well-pleased with Him, and that He is entrusted with administering for God both in heaven and on earth. 
And the prince of the kings of the earth- as the coming ruler that this book so clearly shows Him to be, He, with princely dignity, will rule over kings in a day to come.

Verses 5(b)-6    John’s adoration    The object of the book.

1:5(b),6    Unto Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.

Unto Him that loved us at the thought of Christ’s faithful witness, John cannot restrain himself, but breaks out into an expression of praise and worship.  The word witness gives us the word “martyr”, and John is reminded of the sufferings of Christ as He maintained a faithful witness to God and His truth to the very end.  John sees in this the expression of Christ’s deep love for His people.  John was “the disciple whom Jesus loved”, not because Christ did not love the others, but because John returned that love with enthusiasm.  Despite that, he says “loved us” and not “loved me”, because he wants to draw out from his readers the same expression of adoration as is in his heart.  The fact that Jesus Christ was the first begotten from the dead reminds John of the lengths, and depths, to which His love took Him.
And washed us from our sins in His own blood- the idea of being washed from sins in literal blood is not found in the Old Testament rituals.  However, Greek prepositions not only have physical meanings, but also moral meanings suggested by the physical.  “In” considered morally, signifies “in the power of”.  The blood of Christ has the power to cleanse because it is the blood of one who is free of sins Himself, and whose sacrifice is accepted by God on our behalf.  The effect of the Day of Atonement ceremonies was that the uncleanness of the children of Israel was dealt with, “for on that day shall the priest make an atonement for you, to cleanse you that ye may be clean from all your sins before the Lord”, Leviticus 16:30.  Allied to this is 1 John 1:7, “the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin”.

Notice that the loving comes before the washing, for this is the order of God’s purpose.  He loved, then sent His Son to die, so that sins might be cleansed.  As the hymn-writer puts it, “How hopeless and helpless lost sinners had been, if He never had loved us till washed from our sin”.  Divine love and Divine Light have both been satisfied in Christ’s dealings with us.

And hath made us kings and priests unto God and His Father- John is deeply grateful that believers have been made kings and priests to God and His Father.  He sees this as something that Christ has done for His Father, and this gives character to the Christian priesthood, whose task is to gratify the heart of Christ’s Father too.  The Father seeks worshippers, John 4:23.  It was God’s original intention that the nation of Israel should be a kingdom of priests, Exodus 19:6, but they forfeited that privilege by worshipping the golden calf.  As a result, only one family, that of Aaron, could officiate as priests before God.  Now all is different, and all believers are Christian priests.  No believer needs a mediator from among men.  The only mediator he needs is Christ.
The believer is made a king as well. This has a two-fold aspect, present and future. As to the present, the apostle Paul writes, “they which receive abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness shall reign in life by one, Jesus Christ”, Romans 5:17. Instead of sin reigning over him, the believer himself is in control, under God, and can live a life of kingly dignity even now. But there is a future aspect, for the apostle Paul writes elsewhere, “if we suffer, we shall also reign with Him”, 2 Timothy 2:12.
To Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen- John realises that such is the value of Calvary, that only eternal glory is enough to recompense for it.  And such is the decisive victory gained there, no opposition shall succeed, but Christ and His Father shall reign unopposed for all eternity.  Every believing heart will join with John in saying Amen to that.

Verse 7        John’s exclamation    The theme of the book.

1:7  Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him.  Even so, Amen.

Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him- John had watched the Lord Jesus return to heaven, and a cloud had received Him out of sight, but He is coming back, as the angel said He would.  Only the disciples saw Him ascend, but when He comes to reign every eye shall see Him.  He will come secretly for the church, but even those in hell shall see Him come to earth, as the Lord indicated to Caiaphas, Matthew 26:64.  In contrast to the worship the coming of Christ for the church evokes, we now learn the wail and lamentation of sinful men.
And they also which pierced Him- the coming of Christ to reign will have special relevance for the nation of Israel, who, two thousand years after the event, are still characterised here as being “they also that pierced Him”.  That wicked sin has not been removed yet, but one day will be, for “they shall look upon Me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.  In that day there shall be a great mourning in Jerusalem…in that day there shall be a fountain opened to the House of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and uncleanness”, Zechariah 12:10,11; 13:1.

John had quoted some of these words when he recorded what had happened at Calvary.  A soldier with a spear had pierced Christ’s side, so that it might be fulfilled in the future that “they shall look on Him whom they pierced”, John 19:37.  John also records what did not happen, for His legs were not broken so that the scripture which said “a bone of Him shall not be broken” could be fulfilled.  The latter scripture is fulfilled already, the former scripture awaits His coming.  It is interesting to notice the change of pronoun in Zechariah 12:10.  “They shall look upon Me…they shall mourn for Him”.  The personal pronoun Me is remarkable, since it is Jehovah who is speaking, 12:1, and yet He describes Himself as pierced.  How can this be?  Only because there is one who is equal to Him, who is the “Him” of the next phrase, the one mourned for as only begotten sons are mourned for.

If it be asked why persons living 2000 years after Calvary are held to account for what happened then, the answer is two-fold.  First, they will have had their guiltiness as a nation pressed home to them by the 144000 sealed evangelists spoken of in chapter 7.  And also, they will have had opportunity to choose between Christ and Antichrist, and because Daniel 9:27 (margin) speaks of “the many”, we know that the majority in Israel will choose antichrist, and in effect re-affirm what they did to Christ long before.
And all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him- what trouble shall fill the hearts of men as they realise their great mistake in rejecting the Messiah when He came the first time.  Now they will have to meet Him as their judge, whereas before they could have met Him as Saviour.
Even so, Amen- at the end of the book the apostle anticipates the coming of Christ for the church, and says “Even so, come, Lord Jesus”, 22:20. He was responding to the words,  “Surely I come quickly”. Notice , however, that he does not ask that Christ may come to earth quickly to judge, for he knows that before that time great judgements will fall upon the dwellers upon the earth.  Nevertheless he does express his desire that it should happen, for Christ’s glory’s sake, but refrains from asking that it come quickly, because he had a concern for those as yet not saved.

Verse 8        John’s accreditation    The endorsement of the book.

1:8  I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.

I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord- as John begins to write he is reminded by God Himself of the importance of what he is penning.  John will use the Greek alphabet to write the word of God, but he must remember that God is the source of language, and more than that, is the source of the thought behind the language.  If there is no God, there is no thought, reason or logic.  All is random chaos. The fact that we are able to think logically and coherently is proof of the existence of God.

As the Alpha, (the first letter of the Greek alphabet), God is the beginning of all that is worthwhile and meaningful.  As the Omega, (the last letter), He brings all things to a conclusion.  He is the cause and root of all, and the goal and consummation of all.  The letters of the alphabet are indispensable, we cannot do without them if life is to be meaningful.  So with God, we cannot do without Him in spiritual things.  They are also inexhaustible, for there is no limit to the thoughts that may be expressed in words using letters.  There is no limit to God’s thoughts either, and He is pleased to reveal them to His people in the measure in which they are able to understand.  They are also immutable, for words are fixed in meaning, and can be used to express timeless truths.  God has unfolded His eternal counsels to us in His word, and in this way we may become intelligent as His purpose.
Which is, and which was, and which is to come- He is not only the Alpha and the Omega in the realm of thought, but also in the realm of time also, for in the past He was there, in the present and future too, He imposes Himself on every situation.  And because He is the Almighty, none can stay Him in His onward course; none can resist the finalising of all He proposes within Himself.

How encouraging these things would have been to John, for as he writes he is conscious of writing the words of God, which bear the impress of His nature upon them.  Conscious, too, that even though it may take centuries, God’s purpose shall be realised, for He is always there as the Almighty, and nothing and no-one can ruin His plans.  So it is that at the end of the book, with Christ speaking this time, He can declare Himself to be the Alpha and Omega still; and not only the beginning and the ending, as in this chapter, but also the first and the last, the one who stands at the forefront of everything, and who stands as the climax too, 22:12.  It is such a God that endorses the book, and indeed John himself.

Verses 9-11    John’s commission    The communication of the book.

1:9      I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. 

I John, who also am your brother- in verses 1-3, John is referred to using a pronoun in the third person, as the one who received the truth contained in the book.  In verses 4-6 he simply names himself and then goes on to speak of God.  In verse 9, however, he begins with an emphatic “I”, not to enhance himself, but to enhance his ministry as one commissioned by the Lord.  He describes himself in a three-fold way- as brother, as companion in tribulation, and as companion in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ. 

In his gospel John wrote as a disciple, John 21:24; in his first epistle as an apostle, (“manifest unto us”, 1 John 1:1:3, refers to the apostles as a company); in his second and third epistles as an elder, 2 John 1; 3 John 1.  Here he writes as a brother.  Proverbs 17:17 says “a brother is born for adversity”, and he knows that those to whom he writes are suffering for the sake of Christ.  As a true brother, he is writing so that they may be encouraged in their adversity.
And companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ- John calls himself a companion or fellow-partaker in three things.  First, in their tribulation.  He will write later of “the great tribulation”, an expression which has two definite articles, so that we may understand it to mean “the tribulation, the great one”.  This is the unparalleled period of trial to come upon the world in the last three and half years before the end of the age.  No church believer will go through that period, for then God’s dealings will be with Israel and the world, not the church.  The tribulation John refers to here is that which the Lord Jesus fore-warned His disciples about when He said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation;  but be of good cheer, I have overcome the world”, John 16:33.  John was certainly experiencing this tribulation, and so were his readers, and until the Lord comes would constantly do so, for the world never changes.

But he is also companion in other things, namely, the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ.  Even though the kingdom of Christ is not yet manifest in the world, John was part of it.  Hebrews 3:14 describes believers as partakers or companions of Christ, 3:14.  As such we share His prospects.  And we share His hopes too, for He is patiently waiting for His Father’s time for Him to set up His kingdom. When His disciples asked Him, just before His ascension, “Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?”He replied, “It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power”, Acts 1:6,7.  So Christ is patiently waiting for that time, and so should we be also. Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians believers was, “And the Lord direct your hearts into the love of God, and into the patient waiting for Christ”, 2 Thessalonians 3:5.

John encourages his readers with the thought that although men and devils may seem to have the upper hand now, it will not always be so.  They should not make the mistake of trying to set up that kingdom prematurely.  Peter was rebuked by the Lord Jesus for trying to prevent His arrest by the authorities.  When Pilate questioned Christ about His kingship, He was able to point out that if His kingdom were of this world, His servants would “keep on fighting”, (literal translation), whereas He had rebuked them for this in Gethsemane, John 18:36.  The wars this world engages in are no business for the Christian, whether as conscripts or volunteers.
Was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ- John is of clear conscience in his banishment.  He was not slaving in the stone-quarries as a convicted criminal.  His only “crime” was to serve Christ, and he was found where he was on account of his loyalty to the word of God, and the testimony it gave about Jesus Christ.  It is good for believers if they are only located where the word of God can be upheld, and Jesus Christ honoured.

1:9,10    I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.

I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day- as he mused upon the return of Christ to reign, in spirit John projected his thoughts to the time when the day would rightly be called the Lord’s.  As the apostle Paul made clear in 1 Corinthians 4:3, (where “judgement” may be understood as “day”), today is man’s day, whereas in the future this will change.  Then the will of Christ will be paramount.  It will truly have the stamp of His lordship upon it, which is the sense of the adjective “Lord’s”. 

So why did the apostle not use the well-known expression “Day of the Lord”?  The expression “Day of the Lord” includes part at least of the tribulation period, as is shown by a comparison between Joel 2:2, “there hath not been ever the like, neither shall be ever after it”, (a reference to the Day of the Lord), with Matthew 24:21, “then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be”.  So it is perfectly proper for John to use a different phrase, since he has just spoken of the kingdom of Jesus Christ, and Him coming in clouds to reign.  John’s phrase applies after man’s day has finally come to an end.  During the first part of the Day of the Lord Antichrist the usurper will still be holding sway with the Devil’s power behind him.  Joel 2:31 speaks of “the great and the terrible day of the Lord”, which is perhaps a specific 24-hour day at the end of the tribulation period.
So we may distinguish:
1.    The Day of the Lord, which lasts more than a thousand years, including as it does part at least of the Tribulation Period.
2.    The Great and Notable Day of the Lord, which lasts 24 hours.
3.    The Lord’s Day, which begins with Christ’s coming to earth, and lasts just 1000 years, and is followed by the Day of God, 2 Peter 3:12.

There are those who will strongly advocate that the first day of the week should be called the Lord’s Day, and that we should be in the Spirit on that day to serve the Lord.  Several things should be borne in mind:
First, every true believer is in the Spirit on every day, whatever condition he is in.  This is the plain testimony of Romans 8:9, which states that “ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit”.  The true believer may walk after the flesh or after the Spirit, and it is this that determines whether he is carnal, (fleshly), or spiritual. But every true believer is in the Spirit, for that is his standing before God, which does not depend upon behaviour, but should influence it. So if every believer is characteristically “in the Spirit”, he cannot become in the Spirit on a particular day or occasion, for it is the normal and constant position of a believer.
Second, nowhere in the New Testament is the first day of the week called the Lord’s Day.  It would be strange indeed if after some 60 years of Christian testimony a new name was to be adopted.  Colossians 1:25 indicates that the ministry of the apostle Paul fulfilled the word of God- there was nothing to add as to principles after his writings were finished. 
Third, it was not until Constantine professed Christianity and introduced paganism into Christendom that the first day of the week began to be called the Lord’s Day.  The “lord” in question originally being the sun god.
Fourth, the day upon which the Christians met to partake of the Lord’s Supper was called “the first day of the week”, Acts 20:7.

And heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last- John’s musings in spirit on the future reign of Christ over the earth were interrupted, for a voice behind him arrests his attention.  We learn from verse 12 that he turns back.  Before he writes of the way the kingdom will be introduced into the world he must write of the seven churches.  So he is brought back from the future to consider the present.  Again the thought of God as Alpha and Omega is presented as John is about to write, and again the thought that Christ is the first and the last, being totally in command of every situation, and in particular, the situation in individual churches.

Verses 12-20    John’s appreciation    The basis of the book.

1:12        And I turned to see the voice that spake with me.  And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; 

And I turned to see the voice that spake with me- John was clearly aware that the voice as of a trumpet was the voice of Christ, for the one who spoke announced who He was, so he turns to see Him.
And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks- we ought not to think of these vessels as being holders for candles, but holders for lamps, those lamps being bowls into which olive oil could be poured to feed the light.  The candlesticks are not branches of a lampstand as in the tabernacle or temple, but individual stands. 

When God made a covenant with Abraham, He was one party to the covenant, and Christ was the other, Galatians 3:17, and He was represented in Genesis 15:17 by the burning lamp that passed between the parted pieces of covenant sacrifice.  Isaiah later on stated that as far as Jerusalem was concerned, the Messiah would be “the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth”, Isaiah 62:1, (where the word for salvation is “yeshua”, the equivalent to “Jesus”).
David was prevented by his followers from going out to battle when he was older, “that thou quench not the light (lamp) of Israel”, 2 Samuel 21:17.  So the lamp was a symbol of rule, as found ultimately in the Messiah.  In the Old Testament, before Christ had come, this principle of rule was vested in the kings of Judah.  Now that Christ has come to earth and been rejected, His rule is exercised only amongst His people, hence the churches are depicted as lamps.  Once He has returned to earth as the Lion of the tribe of Judah, rule will once again be exercised by the true Prince of Judah, the Lord Jesus Himself.

1:13    And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of Man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.

And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of Man- in his gospel John emphasises the Lord Jesus as Son of God, for He came to reveal the Father.  As the Son He is uniquely able to do this, and also to impart the life of God to those who believe on Him.  The title Son of God links Him to heaven, and God, whereas the title Son of Man links Him to earth, and men.  It is entirely appropriate, then, that He should be revealed in this way, for God is about to have dealings with the earth, and He entrusts the task of judging and administering the earth to His Son.

This title of Son of Man also has relevance to John himself, and the churches to whom he writes.  John was banished to the isle of Patmos  because of his stand for Christ.  He would be greatly encouraged by a vision of the ascended and glorified Christ.  One, moreover, who stood ready to judge the earth, and vindicate His people.  Others of God’s servants had been encouraged in this same way also.  Isaiah, grieving after the death of King Uzziah, is granted a vision of the True King, and is delivered from despondency by the sight, Isaiah 6:1.  Ezekiel, about to learn that the glory has depart from Israel, would be fortified by a sight of heaven’s throne, and “a man above upon it”, Ezekiel 1:26.  Daniel, troubled by the thought of fierce Gentile despots crushing his people, would be strengthened by seeing one like the Son of Man approaching the throne of God to receive a kingdom, and then coming in the clouds of heaven to exercise His kingship on the earth, Daniel 7:13,14.  And Stephen, too, with stones about to rain down on his head, is heartened no doubt by the sight of Christ in glory, Acts 7:55,56.
Clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle- this would speak of His dignity as the prince of the kings of the earth.  Not girded at the waist with a towel so that His long robes can be tucked into it for servant activity, stooping to wash the disciples’ feet, (as John had seen Him in the Upper Room), but girded about the breasts so that the whole garment in its beauty is visible.  He still has a girdle, however, but this one is of gold, telling of the Deity of the one who shall serve as King in the earth.  As already mentioned, the Son of Man who is seen coming to reign in Daniel 7 is also called the Ancient of Days, a Divine title.

1:14    His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire;

His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow- it is said of the Ancient of Days in Daniel 7:9, that “the hair of His head” was “like the pure wool”, and here the description is the same of Christ.  The scripture says that “a hoary head is a crown of glory, if it be found in the way of righteousness”, Proverbs 16:31, and this is certainly the case here.  He is “Christ the wisdom of God”, 1 Corinthians 1:24, and was always found in the way of wisdom and righteousness.  He can be relied upon to give a wise and righteous verdict on everything He is called upon to assess.  This gives great confidence to those who are true to Him, but cautions those who are not. 
And His eyes were as a flame of fire- this would speak of penetrating insight, coupled with a readiness to burn up that which is worthless.  When the tabernacle had been constructed it is said that Moses looked upon it, Exodus 39:3.  So is it with all that men do, including believers.

1:15    And His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters.

And His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace- “burned in a furnace” could be understood as “glowed white-hot in a furnace”.  Brass speaks of that which can stand the test of the fire, and this one has certainly done that, whether the fire is that of the testings of Satan, or the supreme test of Calvary itself.  He retains that character, for His feet still glow.  Having passed through the ultimate testing Himself, He is able to judge in the light of that experience.
And His voice as the sound of many waters- Enoch prophesied as follows- “Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgement upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him”, Jude 15.  Daniel foretells that the Antichrist will have a mouth “speaking great things”, and shall “speak great words against the Most High”, Daniel 7:8,25, but he will be silenced by Christ.  “Then shall He speak unto them in His wrath, and vex them in His sore displeasure”, Psalm 2:5.  The Son of Man is coming with a voice that can drown out the ungodly speeches of men.

1:16    And He had in His right hand seven stars: and out of His mouth went a sharp two-edged sword: and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength.

And He had in His right hand seven stars- these seven stars are said in verse 20 to be the angels of the seven churches.  This is the Divine explanation, so we do not need a further one, such as human messengers.  Just as the living creatures of chapters 4 and 5 are representative of life on earth, so these stars would represent those angels who have been allotted a special superintendence over individual churches.  (Note that the apostle Paul wrote of elect angels in connection with the behaviour of elders, in 1 Timothy 5:21).  We should not be surprised at this, given the kind of way the churches are looked at, namely as those who are in a place of profession, entrusted with the task of maintaining the rule of God in the earth.  God’s rule is not acknowledged by men in the world, but it should be by believers.  This idea of there being a heavenly counterpart to earthly rule is confirmed by the fact that each nation on earth has its own angel.  We learn this from Daniel 10:13,20, which speaks of the princes of Persia and Grecia, and also in chapter 12:1 where Michael is described as the “great prince that standeth for the children of thy people”. 
And out of His mouth went a sharp two-edged sword- this is a figurative expression of course, and signifies that Christ’s way of exercising His authority is by His word.  We know from Hebrews 4:12,13,  that the word of God is sharper than any two-edged sword of men, for it can divide between the non-material parts of man, and discern thoughts and intents, which are quite out of the range of earthly, physical swords.  So when He judges, the Son of Man will not do so by assessing externals, but motives and thoughts.  “He shall not judge by the sight of His eyes”, Isaiah 11:3.  This applies to men generally, and also to His professed people.  He cannot be deceived. 
And His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength- this tells of the severity of His wrath against all that opposes righteousness.  Psalm 19:6 says of the sun that “there is nothing hid from the heat thereof”, and James 1:11 speaks of the sun “rising with a burning heat”.  Nothing can escape the wrath of the Son of Man.

1:17    And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last:

And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead- the cumulative effect of these various features was enough to strike extreme fear into the soul of the apostle, who, we must remember, was the one who leant on Christ’s bosom as His beloved disciple.  This change of aspect causes him great dread.  What then shall it do to sinners when they see Him?
And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last- the right hand of authority now becomes the right hand of strength for the apostle. Nothing is beyond the bounds of His control, so there is no need for fear on the part of those who are truly the Lord’s, who seek to do that which is pleasing to Him.  There is everything to fear for those who are against Him. 

1:18    I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death. 

I am He that liveth- seven things are calculated to dispel the apostle’s fear.  The first and second are in the previous verse, for He is the first, and also the last.  Third, He is the Living One, “that eternal life which was with the Father”, 1 John 1:2, eternal life personified, 1 John 5:20, and was manifested on earth in manhood, Jesus Christ come in the flesh.  As such He was able to go into death. 
And was dead- so real was this experience that He actually became dead, such is the force of the expression “was dead”.  The fact that He was prepared to go into death is a sure sign that He was confident that He could deal with it, and is the fourth reason why John should not fear.
And, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen- The “behold” arrests the apostle’s attention so that he takes in the tremendous implications of the fact that the Son of man is alive for evermore.  This must mean that the power He has will never be taken away from Him, for He has defeated death itself, and has risen triumphantly over it, to die no more.  This is the fifth reason why John should not fear.  If the “behold” is to arrest John’s attention, the “amen” is to affirm Christ’s assertion; none can deny Him His position. 
And have the keys of hell and of death- these are the sixth and seventh reasons not to fear.  John will be greatly encouraged by the fact that Christ has the keys of the realm of the dead.  He locks hades, so that no believer of this age shall go there; He has the key, so that Old Testament saints may be released from there at the appropriate moment; He has the keys of death so that none of His saints shall go into death without His permission and control.  Anyone who has such authority must be master of all, and so He is.

1:19    Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches.

Write the things which thou hast seen- This verse may very well be thought of as giving the plan of the Book of Revelation.  The things John saw were the things of chapter 1.  He had already been told to write about what he saw, in verse 11, and this is repeated here. 
And the things which are- these are the things that pertain to the conditions prevailing amongst the seven assemblies in particular, but in the Christian profession as a whole, represented by them. 
And the things which shall be hereafter- these are the things which shall be after the present things, namely the events to take place from the beginning of chapter 4, after the rapture of the church.
The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks.  The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches- there is a mystery about the seven stars, for they need to be explained.  There is nothing in the New Testament previous to this that will indicate what their significance is, for even John does not know.  This is why the mystery needs to be explained here, so that John may learn that there are angels allotted to each church.  There is a mystery about the seven lamp-stands, too, for they represent, (as we have suggested when considering verse 12), companies of believers as those responsible to recognise the rule of Christ, and to uphold that rule in the churches.  Failure to do this will result in the lamp being removed.  If a company of supposed believers fails to uphold the principles of “righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit”, which are the essential features of the kingdom, Romans 14:17, then their lamp will be removed.  The assembly is in a location on earth, but the lamp-stands are in heaven, where Christ can walk amongst them.  A company may seem to flourish on the earth, but if they pass the point beyond which Christ is no longer prepared to tolerate them, then the lamp will be removed in heaven.

The vision of chapter 1 has relevance to the seven churches to whom John is commanded to write.  For in six cases out of seven, the Lord introduces Himself to the individual churches using features found in Him in chapter 1, as follows:

Ephesus

He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand”.

Smyrna

The first and the last, which was dead and is alive”.

Pergamos

He which hath the sharp sword with two edges”.

Thyatira

Who hath His eyes like unto a flame of fire, and His feet are like fine brass”.

Sardis

He that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars”.

Philadelphia

Features not found in chapter 1.

Laodicea

These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God”.

Because He appears as the Son of Man, and that title is never used in the church epistles, we understand that profession is being tested.  In church epistle terms an assembly only consists of believers, but because He is presenting Himself to them as Son of Man, there is the possibility that some are not genuine.  This is why certain phrases are used which may cause disquiet.  For instance, “him that overcometh, I will not blot out his name from the book of life”, 3:5.  This need cause the true believer no alarm, but the false professor is to be startled by this possibility, and to react by coming to true faith in Christ.  So it is that the way the Son of Man will present Himself to the world is used in these two chapters to caution and awake the counterfeit Christian.  In this way the Son of Man reveals Himself before His revelation to the world at large at His coming to earth. These three revelations together, to John, to the churches, and to the world, make up the revelation which God gives to Him to make, and which He communicates through His angel to His servant John.

(c)  www.Christian-gospel.info

 

 

 

 

JOHN 6

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.John Chapter Six

JOHN 6

Introduction to the chapter
Some indication of the importance of the miracle of the Feeding of the Five Thousand as described in this chapter is gained by noticing four things at the outset:

First, it is the only miracle that is found in all four gospels. Each of the gospel writers has his own agenda, and presents to us a fresh aspect of the person of Christ, but all four unite in telling of this miracle. This gives us an indication of the supreme importance of the truths expressed through it.

Second, it is the only miracle John records that is found in the other three gospels, for the others he records are not found in either Matthew, Mark or Luke. John’s gospel was probably the last of the four to be written, so he knew the others had all given the record of it; nevertheless he still included it, no doubt because he alone of the evangelists records the discourse of the Lord Jesus based on the miracle.

Third, as just stated, it is the only miracle whose significance is expounded by the Lord Jesus.

Fourth, it is the miracle that deals with that most basic of needs, bread itself, the staff of life. The main lesson to come out of the miracle is that we should never underestimate the importance of the word of God, for just as bread is food for the body, the word of God is food for the soul and spirit.

When God made man, He made him in His own image. This means that man has rationality, and is able to think and reason. Man also has morality, and is therefore able to distinguish between good and evil. Man has spirituality, for he is not just a body, but has a non-corporeal dimension, enabling him to appreciate God. Man was also made with personality, with the ability to express and represent God.

All these abilities, however, depended for their maintenance on obedience to the word of God. If man distances himself from God by not listening to His word, then he is no longer a complete person, nor can he fulfil the purpose for which God made him. So it was that continued communion with God depended on response to His word in obedience, reverence and love. When Adam and his wife were in the garden, God tested them in the matter of food, and the matter of His word. He instructed them not to eat of a certain tree; that was His word to them. But sadly, when Satan tempted the man and his wife, (and he did this by questioning God’s word by saying, “Hath God said?” Genesis 3:1), they united in preferring the lie of Satan to the truth of God’s word. As soon as they had done this, we read of the voice of the Lord God as He walked in the garden to confront the guilty pair, Genesis 3:8. They had rejected His words, so it was His voice they must hear again.

Centuries later, God took His people Israel into the wilderness and allowed them to know hunger for a short period, and then gave them bread from heaven in the form of the manna. His purpose for doing this was stated by Moses in Deuteronomy 8:3, “And he humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that he might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord doth man live”.

When the Lord Jesus was in a wilderness to be tested, He refused to make a stone out of bread because no word from His Father had come to Him to allow that. He based His refusal on those very words from Deuteronomy 8:3. He gloriously triumphed where Adam and Israel had disastrously failed. In John 6 some of the people are in a desert again, and they are given the opportunity to triumph as well, by obeying His word. Sadly, most of them walked away, as we learn from verse 66.

Structure of the chapter

Section 1

Verses 1-15

Supply for the five thousand

Section 2

Verses 16-21

The storm on the lake

Section 3

Verses 22-33

Seeking the True Bread

Section 4

Verses 34-46

Seeing the Son

Section 5

Verses 47-59

Sustained by the flesh of the Son of Man

Section 6

Verses 60-71

Standing firm or going back

Section 1  Verses 1-15
Supply for the five thousand

6:1
After these things Jesus went over the sea of Galilee, which is the sea of Tiberias.

After these things- John begins the chapter as he begins both chapters five and seven. Several weeks or months may separate the chapters, but he wants us to know that there is a connection between the incidents he records. In chapter five the emphasis was on the sabbath day, so John does not tell us what feast was being celebrated at that time. In chapter seven it is the time of the feast of tabernacles, but in this chapter it is passover time.

Jesus went over the sea of Galilee, which is the sea of Tiberias- John deliberately tells us that the sea that the Lord Jesus crossed immediately prior to the miracle, was not only called the sea of Galilee, but was also called the sea of Tiberias. In this way he reminds us that the nation was under the domination of Rome, for the lake that was normally called Galilee, was also called Tiberias, after one of the Roman Emperors. As we shall see, the Lord walked on the waters of this lake during the night, thus showing symbolically that He was superior to the power of the world. It was that hostile world to which the disciples would take the word of God, but they would be encouraged by the fact that He could “walk on the water”, being totally in control.

6:2
And a great multitude followed him, because they saw his miracles which he did on them that were diseased.

And a great multitude followed him, because they saw his miracles which he did on them that were diseased- Luke in his account assures us that these miracles were healing miracles, reminding us that immediately after leaving Egypt and crossing the Red Sea, the children of Israel were assured that their God was Jehovah Ropheca, meaning “Jehovah thine Healer”. The promise was given to them that if they kept God’s commandments, He would not put any of the diseases of Egypt upon them, Exodus 15:26,27. So there the blessing was conditional on them keeping the law. In this chapter, however, the healing was done without any such condition, emphasising that Christ had come in grace.

John mentions why the crowd followed; it was the same as in verse 2. It is no surprise then to find that many of them would turn away at the end of the chapter. They were not following for the right reason.

6:3
And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there he sat with his disciples.

And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there he sat with his disciples- soon after coming out of Egypt, the children of Israel had assembled at the foot of Mount Sinai, to hear God speaking to them. Already in His ministry on another mountain, as found in Matthew chapters five to seven, the Lord Jesus has shown that He had not come to destroy the law given at Sinai, but rather had come to fill out its meaning, and to point out that motives as well as actions were important. Here, on another mountain, He instructs both the people and His disciples, as Mark and Luke record.

6:4
And the passover, a feast of the Jews, was nigh.

And the passover, a feast of the Jews, was nigh- at such a season the feelings of the nation would be highly charged, as they remembered the dramatic way in which God had delivered them in a past day. We see evidence of this in the fact they tried to make Him their king in verse 15. Moses had been described as “king in Jeshurun”, another name for Israel, Deuteronomy 33:5, and they see in Christ another Moses.

We notice again that John calls this feast a feast of the Jews, whereas in Leviticus 23 the festivals were called the feasts of Jehovah. The nation had displaced God from His central place in their hearts and lives. Christianity has no religious festivals, but there is the injunction for believers to do everything as unto the Lord, and to His glory, 1 Corinthians 10:31. Sadly, the Corinthians had made the same mistake in principle as Israel, for they had turned the Lord’s Supper into their own supper, 1 Corinthians 11:20,21. By both His miracle and His teaching in this chapter, the Lord Jesus will restore God to His rightful place in the hearts of those who respond to His word. Peter shows that He has this rightful place in his heart when he makes his confession in verse 69.

By saying that the feast was nigh, John is safeguarding the honour of His Saviour, lest some should suggest that He failed to obey the command of God to be present at the feast. The word “nigh” is the same as is used in 7:2, where the feast of tabernacles was “at hand”. This meant it was about to happen, and the same is true in our chapter.

6:5
When Jesus then lifted up his eyes, and saw a great company come unto him, he saith unto Philip, Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat?

When Jesus then lifted up his eyes, and saw a great company come unto him- a great multitude of Israelites had been brought into a wilderness by Moses, and it became clear that some believed, and some did not, as Jude points out, Jude 5. Now another multitude is found in the wilderness, but this time with Christ. God had brought Israel into the wilderness of old time to test them, and now this company is also to be put to the test. But first, the disciples must be tested.

He saith unto Philip, Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat? When the people had asked the question, “Can God furnish a table in the wilderness?” Psalm 78:19, God had responded by raining bread from heaven for them, Exodus 16:4. The situation is the same in principle here, but with the difference that it is the disciples who express doubt, for they see no alternative than to send the people away unfed, as the records in Matthew and Mark show.

In John’s account, however, it is Philip that is the focus of attention, and the Lord asks him a question to prove him, as the next verse says. But why Philip? And why are Andrew and Simon Peter mentioned in verse 8? We know that by this time the twelve apostles had been chosen, so why are these three singled out? On other occasions it was Peter, James and John who were specially favoured, as in Matthew 26:37; Luke 8:51; 9:28.

The answer may lie in the fact that these three were amongst the first to follow the Lord, and therefore were with Christ at the marriage in Cana. Because of this, they knew that He was able to turn water into wine. They had seen His glory and believed in Him, John 2:11. They should have appreciated that if He was competent in the matter of wine, He would be competent also in the matter of bread.

6:6
And this he said to prove him: for he himself knew what he would do.

And this he said to prove him: for he himself knew what he would do- John is quick to point out that Christ’s question was not one of enquiry, nor was it one of slight doubt, but a question that gave Philip the opportunity to answer in faith.

Alas, Philip, when proved, did not pass the test, but fell into the mistake of limiting God, and thinking in terms of human resources, as the next verse indicates. Not only Philip, but ten of his fellow-apostles are being prepared for the great task of feeding the souls of men with the word of God, as they went into all the world after Pentecost. They would be fortified by the thought that, although they were not sufficient for the task, as the apostle Paul confessed, (“And who is sufficient for these things?” 2 Corinthians 2:16), yet Christ was fully able to meet the need.

6:7
Philip answered him, Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for them, that every one of them may take a little.

Philip answered him, Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for them, that every one of them may take a little- instead of drawing on his experience at Cana, and also his knowledge of God’s dealings with Israel in the wilderness, Philip can only think in terms of man’s currency, pennies, and man’s products, baker’s loaves.

A penny was a day’s wages for a labourer in those times, as we learn from Matthew 20:2, and so is equivalent to about £100 today. 200 pennyworth would therefore equate to £20,000, and therefore was a considerable sum, indicating the vast crowd of people that were gathered.

Clearly, Philip is thinking of the fact that the need was far greater than they could supply. And even if they had such resources, only a little bread could be made available, certainly not enough to fill the hungry people and have a surplus. But once again the lesson is going to be taught that God is not outwitted by any circumstance, and He is fully able to meet the need of the moment.

6:8
One of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter’s brother, saith unto him,

One of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter’s brother, saith unto him- Andrew also manifests a lack of faith in the Lord’s abilities, and shows he is overawed by the great need that confronts them, but at least he makes a suggestion, even if it is on the level of a natural one.

6:9
There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes: but what are they among so many?

There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes: but what are they among so many? Notice that the loaves are barley loaves, the food of the poor, and the fishes are small. How appropriate that the one who “became poor”, 2 Corinthians 8:9, and who “humbled himself”, Philippians 2:8 should use these things, not only to feed the multitude, but also to show that He had come from heaven in grace and humility to nourish the souls of men. When the manna came in the wilderness it was “small”, Exodus 16:14. The Lord not only became poor, but He so acted that those who believe “might be rich”, 2 Corinthians 8:9 again. Not only would there be a rich feast of bread and fish for them all, they could come the next day for a better feast, as he expounded the truth of His person to them as the Bread of God. A banquet indeed!

We note the willingness of the lad to give up his lunch, in order that the work of God may be furthered. The Lord could very easily have made loaves out of nothing, but in grace He used a little lad’s provision. We ought to ask ourselves whether we are prepared to give anything up for God’s cause. In a very real sense, the lad did what Philip did not, even “give them to eat”. No matter how young in the faith we may be, we may do what the Lord calls us to do. Who knows what far-reaching consequences there might be? The lad did not lose out by giving up his meal, for he had the great privilege of eating a meal miraculously supplied.

On two occasions we read of fish after the Lord’s resurrection. In Luke 24:42 He ate a piece of broiled fish, (that is, “fish prepared by fire”), and a piece of honeycomb. In John 21:9-13 He Himself prepared a meal of cooked fish and bread for His cold and hungry disciples. In both of these instances it was to manifest Himself as a risen man. In Luke it was to prove He was not simply a spirit, for He could eat and digest food. In the other it was to show that He was the same one as had fed the five thousand with loaves and fishes. On that occasion, another had supplied the bread and fish, but now He provides it Himself.

When he was showing how available Christ is to men, the apostle Paul pointed out that men do not need to ascend into heaven to bring Christ down in incarnation, nor do they need to descend into the deep to bring Christ up from the dead in resurrection, Romans 10:6,7. The fact is that Christ, like the manna, has already come down from heaven, and like the fishes, has already been brought up from the abyss, the depths of the sea. The bread and the fishes remind us of these twin facts.

6:10
And Jesus said, Make the men sit down. Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, in number about five thousand.

And Jesus said, Make the men sit down- this does not mean that the women and children ate standing up, but the headship of the man is recognised, and the wife and family gathered round their menfolk, also sitting on the green grass.

Now there was much grass in the place- the particular spot where this miracle is said to have taken place was noted for its relatively fertile soil. Despite being classed as a desert, there would be grass here, for the people’s comfort.

As to the location, we are told in Luke 9:10 that it was “a desert place belonging to the city called Bethsaida”. There are two possibilities here. We know from previous incidents in the gospel records that the journey was taken from the Capernaum side of the lake, and the return journey was to that area too, for the discourse on the bread was given, in part at least, in the synagogue in Capernaum. So either the Bethsaida mentioned by Luke is Bethsaida Julias, a town on the north west shore of Galilee, or the emphasis is on the expression “a desert place belonging to”, which would indicate land on the east side of the lake which was allotted to the town of Bethsaida, (which was on the west side), where fishermen, if stranded by storms, could shelter if need be. All this serves to highlight the fact that the Lord deliberately arranged for the miracle to be performed where normal supplies were unavailable, thus casting them on Divine resources, as Israel were cast in old time. After He had performed the miracle, He immediately returned to the other side of the lake, suggesting that the miracle was performed on the east side.

So the men sat down, in number about five thousand- Mark tells us that the men were made to sit down “in ranks, by hundreds and by fifties”, Mark 6:40. This may simply mean that there were two sizes of company, those of fifty people and those of one hundred. This raises the question why this should be. Alternatively, Mark is telling us that the companies were all of fifty, and there were one hundred of them, amounting to the number five thousand mentioned in the narrative. Luke definitely tells us in his account that the command to the disciples was to make the men sit down by fifties in a company, Luke 9:14. This suggests a further link with the first passover, for when Israel came out of Egypt, they marched “harnessed”, or, as this may be translated, “by fifties”. As they sat waiting for the bread to be distributed to them, many may have made this connection, for it was a further reminder of what happened to their forefathers in the wilderness. (A similar thing happened with Joseph’s brothers, for as they were sitting down to eat with him, they realised that they were sitting round the table in the order of their birth, showing he knew who they were, Genesis 43:33). Whatever the precise meaning of the fifties, the thought is that the meal was conducted in an orderly way, for God is the God of order, not confusion, 1 Corinthians 14:33, and God manifest in flesh is showing this. The apostle Paul exhorted, “Let all things be done decently and in order.” 1 Corinthians 14:40.

6:11
And Jesus took the loaves; and when he had given thanks, he distributed to the disciples, and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.

And Jesus took the loaves; and when he had given thanks- the practice of giving thanks for food is here endorsed by the Son of God, who, as a dependant man, is thankful for His Father’s provision for the need. See 1 Timothy 4:5, where food is said to be sanctified by the word of God and prayer. The word of God in question is that found in Genesis 1:29, where God said, “Behold I have given you every herb…and every tree…to you it shall be for meat”, and in Genesis 9:3, “every thing that liveth shall be meat for you; even as the green herb have I given you all things”. Food is also sanctified by prayer, as thanks is given to God for His kind provision.

The fact that the Lord gave thanks for the five loaves shows that He did not create extra bread, or else there would be need to give thanks for that as well. He brake the existing loaves, and kept on breaking; therein lay the miracle. When it was a question of turning water into wine, the Lord hastened the process that was already in place whereby rainwater turned after many months into grape juice, and then, after many years, into wine. The Creator stepped in an accomplished all this in an instant. So in the case of the loaves. When the grains of corn are in the ear they constantly divide and grow until they have reached the stage of ripeness and can be harvested. Then, just as grape juice needs to ferment, so flour needs to also, and another process takes place, and eventually a loaf is produced. Again, the Creator steps in, and He takes a portion of bread, and under His hand it multiplies and grows, until a multitude is filled.

And when he had given thanks, he distributed to the disciples- John’s account makes no mention of the loaves being broken, but simply that the loaves were distributed. Is this another way in which John carefully distinguishes between this meal, and the Lord’s Supper, at which bread is broken? John does not record that breaking of bread, even though he was present. The giving of thanks must have deeply affected John, for he mentions it again in verse 23.

And the disciples to them that were set down- note that the disciples have no part in the miracle, (any more than the servants at the marriage in Cana had part in the turning of water to wine), but are simply handed a seemingly endless supply of fragments of loaves and fishes. The Lord does not make bread, but breaks bread, Mark 8:19, miraculously turning a limited supply into an abundant one. Just as He had turned water into wine, so here He takes the basic foodstuff and it becomes a plentiful harvest.

There is a difference however. The water was changed to wine, for the emphasis is on Christ as Transformer, the one who changes a lack into plenty; concern into contentment; embarrassment into ease of mind. By working the miracle of the loaves, however, the Lord showed He is Sustainer. He took what was available, and distributed it far and wide, for the bread is a figure of His body, given in sacrifice, and the blessing of that sacrifice is available to the whole world.

The disciples are learning to serve on one level, so that eventually they will be fitted to serve by feeding the souls of men, and thus fulfil the Lord’s original command to them, “Give ye them to eat”, Matthew 14:16. See Acts 6:1-4, with its two ways of serving, either material needs, or spiritual. The word for serve is the same for both, meaning deacon service. How important it is to ensure that the word of God is available to men, so that they may “eat and live”. There is no substitute for the accurate teaching of the truth of God as found in the scriptures to sinner and saint alike. As the apostle Paul exhorted Timothy in the light of the Lord’s coming, “Preach the word”, 2 Timothy 4:2.

And likewise of the fishes as much as they would- whilst the fishes were small, they were considered a delicacy, so the basic need of bread was met, with the extra supplied for their enjoyment. Perhaps not all liked fish, so it is “as much as they would”. The Israelites gathered the manna “every man according to his eating”, Exodus 16:18, so even a hearty appetite was satisfied; and so it is here.

6:12
When they were filled, he said unto his disciples, Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost.

When they were filled- the apostle Paul described God as one who “left not himself without witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness”, Acts 14:17. Christ is demonstrating once again that He, God manifest in flesh, is the Creator and Sustainer of all things. He filled with food in this chapter, and filled with gladness at the marriage in Cana.

He said unto his disciples- Philip had only thought of every one taking a little, verse 7, so the exercise of gathering up so much that was not needed was a powerful lesson to him and his fellow apostles, and to us.

Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost- we should not think of the fragments remaining as being crumbs dropped on the ground. These fragments would be pieces of bread that the Lord had broken off, which were over and above what was needed to satisfy the multitude, as the next verse will make clear. There was an abundant supply, with “bread enough and to spare”, Luke 15:17.

The idea of not being lost comes up again in the chapter, for the Lord guarantees that of that company that God has given Him, (meaning believers), He will lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day, verse 39. This work of gathering up “that which remains” of the believers, namely their bodies in the grave, He will carry out Himself; it cannot be delegated to apostles, or even to angels. He will also gather to Himself those that remain on the earth, (meaning those believers who are still alive), when He comes, 1 Thessalonians 4:15. So those who have died, and remain in the grave, and those who are alive, and live still upon the earth, will both be gathered up, and nothing will be lost. We should remember that the price Christ paid to redeem His people is enough to secure the redemption of their bodies, as well as their souls, Romans 8:23.

6:13
Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten.

Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten- the Lord knew the need of His disciples, not only because they had waited upon thousands of people, but also because they were about to try to row across the lake. They would each have a basketful of bread to reward them for their efforts, and energise them for the task ahead. The Lord always sustains His servants if they are doing what He has commanded them to do. The apostle Paul testified that he was able to do all things, because Christ strengthened him, Philippians 4:13. Mark tells us that they gathered up the fragments of the fishes as well, so the disciples did not just have bread, but a little luxury as well in the form of the little fish, considered a delicacy. As the apostle Paul wrote, “He giveth us richly all things to enjoy”, 1 Timothy 6:17.

Sadly, it seems from Mark’s account of what happened later that the disciples failed to realise the meaning of the miracle, and their lack of understanding and hardness of heart had to be rebuked, Mark 8:14-21. They seemed to doubt whether He could supply their need. Those who claim to serve Christ must have a proper sense of His ability to supply every need as it arises.

Some of the lessons believers may learn from this miracle are as follows:

1. They should have a strong sense of the greatness of Christ, remembering we serve “the Lord Christ”, Colossians 3:24.

2. They should serve men out of compassion, seeing them in their deep need and seeking to meet that need, Matthew 14:14.

3. They should serve in faith, not daunted by the greatness of the need, but confident that the Lord can supply the need, Mark 8:14-21.

4. They should learn to put what they have at the disposal of the Lord, as the lad did.

5. They should be careful to pass on only what the Lord passes to us, and neither take away from it, nor add to it.

6. They should be aware that there is an abundance with Christ, and we shall never exhaust the supply He makes available.

7. They should remember that the Lord always recompenses fully all effort put in to His work, for there was a basketful of bread for each of the apostles when the work was done.

6:14
Then those men, when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did, said, This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world.

Then those men, when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did- just as the manna had been given to prove the children of Israel, to see whether they would respond to God, so here. Unhappily, the response of the people is one of mere political fervour, seeing in Christ only a person who can meet their desire for deliverance from Roman occupation, and meet their daily needs. They are still looking on Him simply as a wonder-worker, and are not prepared to own Him as the Son of God, despite the miracle just performed to prove it.

Said, This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world- their reference to the prophet is in line with Deuteronomy 18:18, but it is not clear that they equated this prophet with the Messiah, as they should have done. The Samaritan woman had called the Lord a prophet, (and according to her understanding as a Samaritan there was only one prophet after Moses), and then described Him as the Christ, or Messiah, John 4:19,29.

Later in the chapter they will compare Christ to Moses, to whom they mistakenly attribute the giving of the manna, the bread from heaven, verses 31,32. The promise in Deuteronomy was of a prophet like unto Moses, and they declare that He is that prophet, but only because of the miracles He did. The prophet God promised them was one who would speak to them the true words of God. They will be put to the test the next day, as He gives a lengthy exposition of the meaning of the bread He had supplied them. Unhappily, they would largely reject this testimony.

6:15
When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take him by force, to make him a king, he departed again into a mountain himself alone.

When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take him by force, to make him a king- Isaiah foretold that the Messiah would “not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears”, Isaiah 11:3. This means that He has no need to physically see something to know its significance; nor does He need others to bear testimony to Him orally either. He has Divine insight into every situation.

Since the people were likening Him to Moses in their minds, it is possible they are remembering that Moses was called “king in Jeshurun”, with Jeshurun being another name for the nation of Israel, Deuteronomy 33:5; 32:15.

He departed again into a mountain himself alone- He shows that He is not subject to the whims of the people, for He will only accept the throne of Israel from his Father. The angel Gabriel told Mary that “the Lord God shall give unto him the throne of his father David”, Luke 1:32. He had been offered the kingdoms of the world by the Devil, but had rejected such an offer with the contempt it deserved, Luke 4:5-8. It is worth remembering that the title King of Israel is a Divine title, Isaiah 44:6.

He had gone up into a mountain with His disciples at the start of the day, verse 3; then He “went forth” when the crowds came, Matthew 14:14; He fed them, not on the sea-shore, but on a grassy place, and now He returns to a mountain to signal to the people that the events of the day are over. He sent the multitudes away in an orderly fashion, a necessary step in view of the many thousands, (perhaps twenty), who were there.

Section 2   Verses 16-21
The storm on the lake

6:16
And when even was now come, his disciples went down unto the sea,

And when even was now come, his disciples went down unto the sea- He had “constrained” His disciples to get into a ship, Matthew 14:22, which suggests that they were reluctant to leave Him, perhaps because they had some sympathy with the multitudes who wanted to make Him king. They seem to have lingered, for they did not leave in the boat until even. After having sent the multitudes away, indicating to them that He had no more to say to them that day, the Lord had remained in the mountain to pray. We know from Matthew 14:25 that He eventually went to the disciples in the fourth watch of the night.

6:17
And entered into a ship, and went over the sea toward Capernaum. And it was now dark, and Jesus was not come to them.

And entered into a ship, and went over the sea toward Capernaum- obeying the Lord’s command to go before Him by boat to the other side, Matthew 14:22, the disciples begin their journey across the lake without Him, perhaps thinking He would walk along the shore and they could pick Him up if they sailed close to the shore.

And it was now dark, and Jesus was not come to them- we read of two evenings in Matthew’s account of these events. In Matthew 14:15 he tells us it was evening, and in verse 23, after the Lord had fed the five thousand, he tells us that, “when the evening was come Jesus was alone on the mountain”. The explanation of this apparent discrepancy is simple. The Jewish day was reckoned to have two evenings. The first was when the sun began to decline at about 3pm. The second evening was when it was almost dark, and three stars could be seen. This was at 6pm. So we now have a time-line of the events of the day. So “And it was now dark” is equivalent to saying, “after 6pm”. The Jewish night watch began at that time. This circumstance would increase the anxiety of the disciples, for they were not only alone, and the Lord had not met up with them, but they were now in the dark. But worse was to come.

We have in the events of this chapter a preview of the future. The multiplied loaves speak of the Lord’s flesh, which He would give for the life of the world, verse 51, speaking of Calvary. Then the fish, as we shall see, speak of His resurrection. Then His disciples are sent into storm conditions which represent the troubles the Lord’s people experience in this present age. Whilst they are on the lake toiling, the Lord retires to the mountain to intercede, picture of His present ministry in heaven. But He came again to the disciples in a way that was superior to nature, and rescued them from their distress and brought them safe home to their destination. Once the trials of this present age are complete, Christ is coming again to take His people to glory, for once the Lord and His disciples were reunited, “immediately the ship was at the land whither they went”, verse 21.

We know the way the Lord came to them eventually was by walking on the sea, but the disciples do not know that yet, so they probably sailed along the coast expecting to see Him appear. But He plans to come to them in an unnatural way, to demonstrate His power over all opposing forces, and also to prefigure the way He will come for His own at the Rapture. He who walked on the sea can descend from heaven for His own.

6:18
And the sea arose by reason of a great wind that blew.

And the sea arose by reason of a great wind that blew- we should not confuse this incident with the storm on the lake, when the Lord was present in the boat. Here the disciples are being taught that even though He was not in the vessel, He was still in control. The wind was contrary, according to Matthew 14:24, and it is evident that the disciples had been forced to row, rather than sail. It is to their credit that they do not turn back. Their Lord had instructed them to go before Him to the other side, Matthew 14:22, and they were resolved to obey, despite the difficulties. Do difficulties stop us obeying? The apostle Paul warns us against the winds of evil doctrine that blow in the world, and that if we are not established in the truth we shall be tossed to and fro by them, Ephesians 4:14.

6:19
So when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty furlongs, they see Jesus walking on the sea, and drawing nigh unto the ship: and they were afraid.

So when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty furlongs- Galilee is approximately 11 kilometres wide. This means that 25-30 furlongs is in the middle of the lake, (Matthew tells us they were in the midst of the sea when the Lord came to them), so they have no easy route to escape the storm. Christ comes to the rescue when we have come to an end of ourselves. He makes a way of escape when we think there can be none.

Very likely they had begun the journey by sailing close to the shore, ready to take Christ on board if He appeared, but now they have had to furl their sails, and row. Despite their best efforts, they have been driven by the wind into the middle of the lake.

They see Jesus walking on the sea, and drawing nigh unto the ship- to walk on the sea is to show total control over that which man cannot even partially control. The Egyptian hieroglyphic for the word “impossible” was a picture of two feet over wavy lines representing the sea. With God all things are possible, and God manifest in flesh is demonstrating this fact. As we have noted, Matthew makes us aware that they are far from the shore, Matthew 14:24, so the “walking on the water” was not walking on sand banks in shallow water, as some infidels suggest.

Not only is the Lord walking on the sea, but Mark tells us that He “would have passed by them”, so He was walking faster than they were rowing. Even though He had started out later than they had, He had now reached them, and was about to overtake them, Mark 6:48. Clearly the contrary winds and the rising sea present no problem to Him. It is said of God that His way is in the sea, Psalm 77:19, the reference there being to the passage made for the Israelites to cross the sea. Now He is showing that He does not need a passage made for Him to walk through, for He walks on the sea as if it is dry land, leaving no impress on the sea bottom, with the result that “His footsteps are not known”, as the psalm said.

And they were afraid- their nerves were already in shreds because of the danger they were in, but worse still, they thought they saw a spirit moving across the water towards them, Mark 6:49. John only uses the word spirit either of the Holy Spirit, or the spirits of men, or spirit in the abstract; he never mentions evil spirits.

6:20
But he saith unto them, It is I; be not afraid.

But he saith unto them, It is I; be not afraid- the “but” is in answer to the unspoken fear of the disciples. They now learn that they need fear no situation, for He is in control of all things, whether it be wind, waves, darkness, or fear of spirits.

It is possible that Judas would have deduced from such an incident that the Lord was able to escape from any difficult situation, and that even if he betrayed Him He would be able to escape.

6:21
Then they willingly received him into the ship: and immediately the ship was at the land whither they went.

Then they willingly received him into the ship- they had been reluctant before, since they were not absolutely sure who or what it was that came across the water to them, but now His word of calm makes them willing to welcome Him into the ship. When verse 19 says “they saw Jesus”, we are to understand, “they saw the one John now knows to have been Jesus as he wrote the gospel”.

Matthew tells us that the wind ceased when He entered into the ship. It is as if the forces of evil realise that they have been outclassed and outwitted. The Lord does not even have to rebuke the wind and the raging of the water as in the storm on the lake recorded in Luke 8:22-25. John tells us nothing about the attempt that Peter made to walk on the water, Matthew 14:28-31. Luke does not even mention the crossing of the lake.

By this incident the disciples have been prepared for the sort of situation that will confront them as they are sent forth into the world to feed the souls of men after Christ’s ascension. They now know that the Lord will always be interceding for them, and will always intervene in an appropriate way for them.

Paul himself learned that in his most difficult experiences, he could count on the Lord being with him. When no man stood with him to plead his cause before Nero, he was conscious that the Lord stood by him, 2 Timothy 4:16-18. (We have noted that John calls the Sea of Galilee the Sea of Tiberias, to emphasise that when He walks on that sea the power of Rome is under His control). He could remind Timothy that the Lord is at hand, or at our elbow, Philippians 4:5. No matter how dark the hour, or how contrary the opposing forces, our Lord and Saviour is superior to all, for He is Lord of all, Acts 10:36. This truth would be a great encouragement to Peter as the whole Gentile world, (represented by Cornelius), opened out before him.

And immediately the ship was at the land whither they went- instead of toiling in rowing, the disciples find that the presence of Christ solves every difficulty. There is a complete reversal here, for the wind that drove them to the middle of the sea has ceased, but now the superior force of Christ’s presence carries them speedily to their destination. It was not simply that they arrived somewhere on the shore, but that they reached where they had set out for. So it shall be with believers at the end of this age, for the promise of Christ to His own is, “I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also”, John 14:3.

The psalmist described the experience of sailors in a storm like this: “They that go down to the sea in ships, that do business in great waters; these see the works of the Lord, and his wonders in the deep. For he commandeth, and raiseth the stormy wind, which lifteth up the waves thereof. They mount up to the heaven, they go down again to the depths: their soul is melted because of trouble. They reel to and fro, and stagger like a drunken man, and are at their wit’s end. Then they cry unto the Lord in their trouble, and he bringeth them out of their distresses. He maketh the storm a calm, so that the waves thereof are still. Then are they glad because they be quiet; so he bringeth them unto their desired haven.” Psalm 107:23-30.


Section 3   Verses 22-33
Seeking the True Bread

Survey of the section
We now come to the discourse given by the Lord Jesus when the people came to Him on the other side of the lake the day after they were miraculously fed. We shall notice as we proceed that just as there were three main actions on the part of the people when the manna was given, so there are these same three actions expected in this chapter. In Exodus 16:4 we read, “the people shall go out and gather a certain rate every day”. Then they were told, “and in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of the Lord”, verse 7. Then in verse 18 “they gathered every man according to his eating”. So the three main actions expected were seeking, seeing, and eating. And this is how we may divide John 6:22-59.

Structure of Section 3

(a) Verses 22-24 The energy of the flesh
(b) Verses 25-26 The exposure of failure
(c) Verses 27-29 The energy of faith
(d) Verses 30-33 The explanation of the Father’s gift

(a) Verses 22-24
The energy of the flesh

6:22
The day following, when the people which stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there, save that one whereinto His disciples were entered, and that Jesus went not with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples were gone away alone;

The day following, when the people which stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there, save that one whereinto his disciples were entered- John gives elaborate details as to the way in which the people at last discovered the Lord on the other side of the sea. There are three relevant facts here. First, the people, after they had been sent away by Christ after He had fed them, realised that there were no boats to take them across the sea. After all, it was a desert place, and it was getting dark. They presumably went into the nearby villages to lodge for the night, as the disciples had suggested previously, Luke 9:12.

And that Jesus went not with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples were gone away alone- second, they realise that the Lord did not get into the boat with the disciples, so they probably guessed that He intended to walk around the shore on His own.

6:23
(Howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh unto the place where they did eat bread, after that the Lord had given thanks:).

(Howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh unto the place where they did eat bread, after that the Lord had given thanks:) This is John’s preparation for what he will tell us in verse 24, and is the third aspect of the situation. We might ask how the people can take shipping if there are no boats, and the answer is that other boats came the next morning. Perhaps word had reached Tiberias about thousands of people stranded without boats, and some enterprising boatmen filled the need.

John does not tell us when these boats came, for “after that the Lord had given thanks” refers to the eating of the bread. So it is not that the boats came late in the evening, for John has just told us there were no boats there then.

6:24
When the people therefore saw that Jesus was not there, neither his disciples, they also took shipping, and came to Capernaum, seeking for Jesus.

When the people therefore saw that Jesus was not there, neither his disciples, they also took shipping, and came to Capernaum, seeking for Jesus- the last phrase looks very promising; sadly, however, this was all a display of carnal energy, as is revealed by the exposure of the thoughts of their hearts by the Lord Jesus in verse 26.

(b)  Verses 25-26
The exposure of failure

6:25
And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi, when camest thou hither?

And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi, when camest thou hither? They know nothing of His walk across the water, and the Lord does not tell them. They are only thinking of timing, and have no idea that He can walk on water. If they had suspected this, they would have said, “How”, and not “when”. They do not really appreciate a miracle they saw with their own eyes in daylight, so how would they believe something which took place in the dark? The Lord never satisfies idle curiosity, yet is ever ready to reveal Himself to an earnest seeker. They call Him Rabbi, but will they progress to a confession like Peter’s in verse 69?

6:26
Jesus answered them and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled.

Jesus answered them and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you- by prefacing His response with these words, the Lord indicates that He is going to impart some truth to them that will be fresh to them, even if it is to their rebuke. He immediately shows that He knows the thoughts of their hearts.

Ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled- there are three levels on which the miracles of the Lord Jesus may be thought of. The first and lowest level is simply the realisation that a miracle has been performed. Then there may be wonder at the effect the miracle had. Then there was the third level, and the one on which the miracle should ideally be appreciated, namely, the understanding of the truth expressed by it. The Lord shows by His word that the people in general are not even on the first level, for all they are seeking is another meal. It is difficult to see how people can be so shallow in their thinking, but so it is.

Note the double affirmative, “Verily, verily”, meaning “Truly, truly”. This is found only in John’s gospel, and asserts four things. First, that there is a new development in the teaching of Christ, and fresh truth is about to be spoken. Second, that the truth about to be expressed is definite. Third, that the word expressed may be difficult to take in, yet nonetheless is true. And fourthly, that even though it may be doubted or denied, it is indeed true, being doubly sure. The statement refers not so much to their feeble reason for seeking Him, but the truth contained in His exhortation in verse 27. The word miracles is in the plural because, as Luke tells us, the Lord had healed those who had need of healing before He fed them with bread that day, Luke 9:11.

(c)  Verses 27-29
The energy of faith

6:27
Labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for him hath God the Father sealed.

Labour not for the meat which perisheth- note the important truth that even miraculously provided bread perished. So with the manna; if left it bred worms and stank, Exodus 16:20. The bread which perisheth is all the people saw in the loaves He had fed them with, and they had now expended much energy on labouring to acquire a further supply. This the Lord rebukes.

But for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you- the word meat is used here in the sense of food. The pot of manna which was laid up in the Tabernacle to commemorate the giving of the manna did not perish, giving a hint that there was meat that did not perish, Exodus 16:32-34. This the Lord exhorts them to strive for. As Son of Man He is available to men, having come down to where we are, just as the manna fell round about the camp of Israel. He is also available to all, not just Israel.

For him hath God the Father sealed- this shows us, remarkably, that it is the Son of Man in relation to the Father here, indicating that He has lost nothing of His eternal relationship with the Father by coming to earth.

He is sent, sealed, and special. Bakers put their own mark on the loaves they wish to be identified with. So the Father bore witness to His Son at His baptism. He was also marked out by the miracles He performed, for Peter described Him as “a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by Him”, Acts 2:22. If they would have this Divinely-approved food, then they must go to Christ for it, for He is not only the one God approves of as to His person, but He is the one approved of as provider of spiritual food. When men lacked bread in Egypt, the word was “Go unto Joseph”, Genesis 41:55. Now God is directing men to Christ, the greater than Joseph.

6:28
Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we may work the works of God?

Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we may work the works of God? To their credit, they show a certain amount of respect for His opinion on the matter of working for God, but this was a low view. They must learn that He speaks with authority from God, and does not merely offer opinions. He had said “labour”, and “God the Father”, so they appear keen to do what He said when they say “What shall we do?”, but are not prepared for His answer. They wanted to do works, and clearly were thinking of legal works by which they also might be sealed, or approved by God. They must learn to rest in Christ, not labour for themselves. It is significant that the sabbath, instituted by God in creation week, was not mentioned in the scriptures for two thousand and six hundred years until the manna was given, Exodus 16:23. Sadly, some of the people transgressed over the matter of the sabbath when they went out to collect manna on the seventh day. These people are in danger of doing the same in a spiritual sense; that is, working when God said rest.

6:29
Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent.

Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent- by their use of the words “what shall we do that we may work the works of God” they were thinking in terms of what effort they could put in. The Lord directs them to the act of faith. Believing is not a work in the sense that it gains merit, or earns a reward, but it is something a person does, and as such may be described as a work. After all, He had exhorted them to “labour…for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life”, verse 27. The Israelites could not gain the benefit of the manna if they did not stir out of their tents to go and gather it. Moreover, it is the work of God. Clearly this does not mean it is a work God does personally, but rather is a work He moves to bring about in men’s hearts, as verses 44 and 45 will explain, and also a work He is able to associate with, for it involves recognition of His Son.

(d)  Verses 30-33
Explanation of the Father’s gift

6:30
They said therefore unto him, What sign showest thou then, that we may see, and believe thee? What dost thou work?

They said therefore unto Him, What sign showest thou then, that we may see, and believe Thee? What dost thou work? He has told them they should believe on Him, so now they want proof that He is authentic, and worthy of their faith. The Jews require a sign, 1 Corinthians 1:22, and refuse to believe unless one is given. But they had seen a sign relevant to the subject in hand, and yet seem not to have believed. Why then would they believe another sign if they believed not the first?

6:31
Our fathers did eat manna in the wilderness; as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat.

Our fathers did eat manna in the wilderness- the implication of their words, (to which they give an appearance of spirituality by alluding to scripture), is that the manna had lasted for forty years, and had fed millions of people for all that time.

As it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat- they are claiming that Moses did a far greater work than feed a small crowd with one meal. They ask for a second sign in order to be convinced that He is superior to Moses, whom they revered, and whom they here mistakenly credit with giving the manna. This is a classic case of unbelievers trying to expound scripture. They cannot do this, for only those in touch with God can do so. We should not be surprised if infidels criticize the Bible, for they are ignorant of the truth. Nor should we be anxious about their reasonings, for they have no capacity to understand. As the Lord Jesus will say a few months later, “If any man will to do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself”, John 7:17. Unbelievers who find fault with scripture do so because they have no intention of doing God’s will.

6:32
Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven.

Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven- the Lord is asserting His authority here as the One sealed by the Father. They have misinterpreted the psalm they quoted, for the psalmist lists many of the works of God in connection with Israel, including “he smote the rock, that the waters gushed out”, Psalm 78:20. Now it is certainly true that it was Moses that smote the rock, but he did so in the presence of God, (for it was God who stood before Moses on the rock), and at His command, as Exodus 17:6 makes clear, so it is God who smote the rock through the agency of Moses. When the psalmist goes on to write, “he had commanded the clouds from above, and opened the doors of heaven, and had rained down manna upon them to eat”, verses 23,24, he was referring to an act of God, not Moses. The Lord corrects their error by declaring that it was God that the psalmist referred to as “he”, and not Moses. Notice that He does not enter into a discussion about the matter, but speaks a word of authority. This should have gone some way to correct their notion that He was inferior to Moses, which is what they implied by their statement.

But my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven- the same God who sent the manna was His Father, and He, as the Son, shares every attribute of God, being equal in nature. This means He has insight into Divine things, and can speak with authority about the giving of the manna and its meaning. It is not that the manna was false, but that the bread from heaven being offered to them by the Father was the reality of which the manna was an illustration and an indication. The manna had come from the skies, whereas the true bread came from the very presence of the Father in heaven.

We may compare and contrast the manna and Christ as follows:

Comparison:

The manna was from heaven, the sky.
Christ was from heaven, the presence of His Father.

The manna was small in size.
Christ was humble, and refused to be made king, 6:15.

The manna was round in shape, symbolic of eternity.
Christ is eternal in His being, 6:62.

The manna fell round about the camp of Israel.
Christ, as Son of Man, 6:27, 53, was accessible.

The manna was freely given.
Christ is given by the Father to those who believe.

The manna was a test of obedience, Exodus 16:4.
Response to Christ is the supreme test-“Will ye also go away?” 6:67.

The manna was given in abundant supply.
Christ has life for the world.

Contrast:

The manna was only bread.
Christ is a living person.

The manna was like ordinary bread.
Christ is spiritual bread.

The Israelites ate the manna, but still died.
Those who believe in Christ, eat, and live for ever, 6:51.

The manna bred worms and stank.
Christ is meat that endureth.

The manna was supplied for forty years, then stopped.
When Christ is eaten, there is no more hunger for ever.

The manna was given to Israel alone.
Christ is available to the world.

The manna supported natural life.
Christ gives and supports spiritual life.

6:33
For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven and giveth life unto the world.

For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven- the expression “bread of God” indicates at least four things:

1. It is used of the sacrifices offered on Israel’s altar, Leviticus 21:6,8,17,21, so the Lord is preparing His hearers for the idea that He can only become available to them through His sacrificial death.

2. It signifies that Christ was entirely satisfying to God.

3. It indicates that He was approved of God, for “Him hath God the Father sealed”, 6:27, a reference to bakers stamping their loaves with their name.

4. In the context of the verse, it shows that He is the one who is able to give life from God. He is the bread that God uses to supply the needs of the hungry soul.

The manna in the wilderness was a material object, whereas the bread of God is “he that came down from heaven”, a real person, the Son of God incarnate.

And giveth life unto the world- the bread supplied on the previous day was for a large crowd that day. The manna in the wilderness was for a nation for forty years, but the bread of God knows no limits, and is available to the world at any time. We should not understand this to mean that the whole world has been given life. The Lord is speaking of the potential that is found in the bread of God; that it gives life to the world is its character.

Section 4  Verses 34-46
The sight of the Son

Structure of the passage

(a)

Verses 34-36

Seeing and not believing, (verse 36)

(b)

Verses 37-40

Seeing and believing, (verse 40)

(c)

Verses 41-42

Seeing naturally, (verse 42)

(d)

Verses 43-46

Seeing the Father through the Son, (verse 46)

6:34
Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread.

Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread- they reason that just as the manna only supplied the need of a day, and had to be given again the next day, so Christ needs to give and give again. They plead with Him to continue for ever giving them this bread. They seem not to have captured the significance of “the bread of God is he”. The bread is not external to Himself, hence the “I am” expressions that follow in verses 35,48 and 51 are needed to make the point. The woman of Samaria made this same mistake at first, for she said, “Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw”, John 4:15. To her credit, she soon learns that the water is spiritual, and springs up constantly from within.

6:35
And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst.

And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life- so He Himself is the bread. The “I” is emphatic, meaning “I, and no other, not even Moses”. He is the bread of life in that the one who comes to Him shall be given eternal life. In verse 48 there is a development, for He there assures us that He sustains the eternal life He gives. He is the bread that gives life, and the bread that sustains that life constantly.

He that cometh to me shall never hunger- everlasting life is not only life that goes on for ever, but life which lasts, or retains its force, for ever, too. They will not need to come in initial faith again if they have come once, for they will not hunger again.

The fact that “cometh” is exchanged for “believeth” in the next clause shows what it means to come. The people had taken a lot of trouble to come to Him physically, as John has explained at length in verses 22-25, but the question is whether they are coming in faith. Only those who come to Him in the right way, (that is, by faith and not in the energy of the flesh), have everlasting life.

And he that believeth on me shall never thirst- as already noticed, the psalmist had referred to the water brought from the rock just before he spoke of the bread from heaven. The people had just referred to that psalm, so they will hopefully make the connection.

As the Lord said to the woman at the well, “whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst”, 4:14. The reason being that the water becomes a well of water springing up, so the supply is within. Just as there was, no doubt, a spring at the bottom of Jacob’s well that supplied the cistern, so the believer has the water, (which is a figure of the Holy Spirit), deep within his innermost being.

So the Lord gives eternal life as the Bread of Life, but that does not make the believer self-sufficient, (as if there is laid up a store of bread within him), for there needs to be the living power of the Spirit, (which is what the water symbolises), to energise the believer to “lay hold on eternal life”, 1 Timothy 6:19, meaning to grasp the truth as to the person of Christ, and the way He manifests God to the believing mind.

This would explain why the Lord seems to change the subject when He speaks of thirsting. Just as the bread and the water are both needed, so men need the bread of life, (Christ), and the living water, (the Holy Spirit), for the latter ensures that we constantly enjoy the former.

6:36
But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believe not.

But I said unto you, that ye also have seen me, and believe not.- the word “but” indicates that they had not really come in faith. They had made a physical journey to Him, travelling many miles across the lake and were now able to physically see Him again. But just as when the Israelites physically saw the bread from heaven they did not know what it was, so they called it “manna”, which means, “What is it?” Exodus 16:15, so these did not have spiritual insight into who He really is.

Note the verb “said” is in the past, and would refer to the statement of verse 26, “Ye seek me, not because ye saw the miracles”. They had seen the miracles He had performed, and therefore had seen Him as a miracle-worker, but He indicates to them in that verse that they had not seen Him in the way that the sign indicated, that He was the Son of God, the true bread from heaven. The next section tells us how men may come to the point where they see Him in the right way.

(b)  Verses 37-40
Seeing and believing

6:37
All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast out.

All that the Father giveth me shall come to me- despite the fact that thousands of people had seen Him, had eaten of the miraculously-provided loaves, and yet did not believe, God’s purpose was not frustrated. He would sovereignly work to ensure that many did come. The present tense, “giveth”, shows it to be a present work, not a matter of predestination in eternity. The way in which they came, and thus were given by the Father to the Son, is detailed in verses 39-41. This is an encouragement to any in the crowd who were genuinely seeking Him, but who might have felt rebuffed by what He had just said.

Note that it is “all that”, (neuter singular), and not “all whom”. In other words, the Lord is referring to a company, considered as one whole thing, and of which no individual would ever be lost, verse 39. Every time a person comes to the Father with the genuine desire to be taught about Christ, (see verse 45), that person is a gift from the Father to the Son. That the giving happens when the person believes is seen in that “giveth” is in the present tense; it is not “who has been given”. That process will continue until the whole company has come.

And him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast out- having listened to what the Father has to say about His Son, the enquiring soul comes in faith to Christ for the gift of eternal life. He gives the assurance that all who come in this way will be received because He is determined to lose nothing that the Father gives Him. We cannot conceive that the Son would reject part of the Father’s love-gift to Him.

“Him that cometh” means no restriction. “In no wise” means no reason. “Not cast out” means no refusal. All that the Father gives to Christ shall come, and all that come will be received. The reason for this is given in the next verses. In verse 35 the coming is not physical; in verse 36 it is not natural; in verse 37 it is not accidental; and in verse 37 again it is not impersonal.

6:38
For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me.

For I came down from heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me- this is one of the reasons why He does not cast out those that come, for He is on a mission from heaven, and is governed only by His Father’s will. What that will is becomes clear in the next verse.

When He came into manhood, the Lord Jesus willingly subjected Himself to the headship of God, for that is part of what it means to be a man. As the apostle Paul wrote, “the head of Christ is God”, 1 Corinthians 11:3. That being the case, He voluntarily accepted that His Father’s will would control Him. This works out in many ways, but here it results in the security of those who believe.

6:39
And this is the Father’s will which hath sent me, that of all which he hath given me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day.

And this is the Father’s will which hath sent me- we are now told what that will, to which He is subject, actually is in this context.

That of all which he hath given me I should lose nothing- since He is committed to the will of Him that sent Him, having subjected His own will to His Father’s, and since it is His Father’s will that He should safeguard all who come to Him, then it is certain that they will be preserved.

But should raise it up again at the last day- this preservation involves both the soul and the body, for He not only preserves His people now, but will also raise their bodies from the graves at the last day. The Jews divided time into “the age before the Messiah”, and “the age of the Messiah”. The present age, which comes between those two, is a matter of revelation, not being disclosed in Old Testament times, as Ephesians 3:1-12 makes clear.

The last day refers to the last day of twenty-four hours of the particular age in question. As far as Old Testament saints are concerned, the last day, when they shall be raised, is the last day of the “age before the Messiah”, at the moment when Christ comes to earth to reign, as Revelation 11:18 states. This was the expectation of Martha with regard to her brother, John 11:24. She learned, however, that since Christ is the Resurrection and the Life, He could intervene before that last day if He chose to do so. He intervened immediately in the case of Lazarus, and will intervene at the end of this present age of grace as far as church believers are concerned.

So it is that on the last day of this present church age the Lord Jesus shall come into the air to receive His own, (“all that one thing”), to Himself. At that moment the bodies of saints who have died shall be raised in a form fit for heaven, and all who remain alive upon the earth shall be changed also. So just as Christ instructed the disciples that not a tiny fragment of the loaves should be lost, verse 12, He will also personally ensure that the bodies of His people are not lost.

So the Father’s will has a negative and a positive side. On the one hand it is His will that nothing be lost. On the other hand, it is His will that everything be raised.

6:40
And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one that seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.

And this is the will of him that sent me- this verse begins in almost the same way as the previous one. There however, the idea was of all believers considered as one whole thing, the whole of the company who believe, hence the expressions like “all which”, “nothing”, “raise it”. Here the emphasis is on individual responsibility to believe, and so it is more personal, “every one”, “raise him”. Before, the thought was of resurrection life, whereas here it is eternal life. The life is the same in each case, but eternal life is life as God has it, whereas resurrection life is that same life enjoyed by a man who is beyond the reach of death. In the previous verse the emphasis was on the will of the Father, but now it is the will of the Son in view, always remembering, of course, that their wills always perfectly coincide.

That every one that seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have everlasting life- so the Father’s will involves three things here; giving believers to the Son, ensuring that they are not lost, and granting them the gift of eternal life.

The mention of everlasting life in connection with the resurrection would remind us that the bodies of believers are going to be transformed, so that the full effects of having eternal life may be appreciated and expressed for all eternity. So verse 39 has to do with resurrection as the consummation of the Father’s will, and verse 40 links resurrection with coming to Christ, for those that are in the grave shall come forth in response to His word, just as they responded to His word in salvation. The two are mentioned one after the other in John 5:24 and 25. The apostle Paul spoke of mortality, (meaning that which characterises the present body as it moves on to death), being swallowed up of life, 2 Corinthians 5:4.

The fact that Christ will raise at the last day implies that He Himself will already have risen from the dead. Note that a stronger word is used here for seeing. It signifies to contemplate, giving the idea of an interested look, rather than a look which may be casual.

(c)  Verses 41-42
Seeing naturally

6:41
The Jews then murmured at him, because he said, I am the bread which came down from heaven.

The Jews then murmured at him- in John’s gospel it is the rulers who are called the Jews. These are different, then, to those in the crowd who spoke in verse 34. (John makes clear in 7:11-13 that there is a distinction between the Jews and the people). There is a great multitude present, and John is giving us different reactions to Christ’s teaching. This group is still occupied with what He said in verse 33. Verses 34-40 have no meaning if verse 33 is not understood and acted upon. They were like the Israelites who, when confronted with the manna, said, “It is manna”, for “they wist not what it was”, Exodus 16:15. The Hebrew word “man” or “min” is very common, and simply means “what?”

Because he said, I am the bread which came down from heaven- these Jews are those who claimed to be theologians, as opposed to the common people, (who misinterpreted a psalm in verse 31), and they are interested in the doctrinal statement about coming down from heaven. They see it as a claim to be more than man. They would be aware that Moses said to the people the day before the manna first fell, “And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of the Lord”, Exodus 16:7. Interestingly, Moses went on to speak of the murmuring of the people against the Lord, which is exactly what the Jews are doing here.

6:42
And they said, is not this Jesus, whose father and mother we know? How is it then that he saith he came down from heaven?

And they said, is not this Jesus, whose father and mother we know? Both the “we” and the “He” are emphatic, “we know…he saith”. They are setting their knowledge against His.

It is usually thought that Mary’s husband Joseph had died by the time the Lord began His public ministry. The literal order of the words is “Of whom we know the father and mother”. In other words, they could know the identity of his father without actually personally knowing him.

In any event, they deny His relation with God as His Father, and this is the cause of all their other difficulties. Once a person has accepted the truth of the Deity of Christ, everything else falls into place. In 8:19 the Lord tells them that they neither know Him nor His Father. If they had known Him, it would mean they knew the Father also.

How is it then that he saith he came down from heaven? They assume, wrongly, that because they know Joseph and Mary, then He must be an ordinary man, and not a being from heaven. They are not suggesting that He is an angel in the disguise of a man, or else the matter of His parentage would not come up. So unwittingly they bear testimony to the reality of His manhood, but all the time deny the reality of His Godhood.

Luke tells us that Mary pondered the circumstances of the birth of Christ “in her heart”, Luke 2:19, and after the incident in the temple when He was twelve years old, and He declared that He must be about His Father’s business, (distinguishing between His Father and Joseph), Mary again “kept all these sayings in her heart”, 2:51. It was not then the time to declare that He was more than man, but was, in fact “God manifest in the flesh”, 1 Timothy 3:16. Now the time has come.

(d)  Verse 43-46
Seeing the Father through the Son

6:43
Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves.

Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves- the crowds had wanted to make Him king the day before, but will they be prepared to obey when He asserts His authority? He shows that He knows what they discuss among themselves, even though they have not addressed their remarks directly to Him. They would have done far better if they had enquired humbly of Him, rather than assert themselves as knowledgeable on this matter. The Israelites had been marked by murmuring in the wilderness, Numbers 14:26,27. In fact they had murmured about the lack of bread in the wilderness, after which God gave them the manna. So here, despite their murmurings, God manifest in flesh is willing to continue to teach them about Himself, the bread from heaven.

6:44
No man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day.

No man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him- the only way for them to see that their opinions about Him were wrong, and to gain right thoughts about His person, was to be drawn by the Father. He draws as one who sent His Son, thus assuring us of His deep interest in introducing us to Him. None who earnestly seek the truth shall be left without light. On the other hand, those who rely on their own reasonings shall not arrive at the truth. It is the Father who draws, not the rabbis.

And I will raise him up at the last day- note the united interest on the part of Father and Son in the souls of men; the Father draws to the Son, then the Son raises and takes to the Father in heaven. How the Father draws is explained in the next verse.

6:45
It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me.

It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God- they claimed to be experts in the Old Testament scriptures, but they had missed the teaching of the prophets as found on this matter in Isaiah 54:13. In that chapter Isaiah speaks of the coming kingdom, of which they should have been reminded by the Lord’s references to the last day. Those who are in the good of the New Covenant, which involves knowing God, (“they shall all know me”, Jeremiah 31:34), will only know Him because they have been taught of God.

Thus the Lord establishes from the Old Testament prophets the principle He is setting out for them. The specific quotation is just the words “taught of God”, whereas “they shall all be” is the Lord’s adaptation of the previous words, which read, “and all thy children”. He has authority to quote in this way. The people had mishandled the psalmist’s words in verse 31, and by so doing only showed their ignorance. He shows His insight by interpreting the meaning they had missed in the passage in Isaiah.

Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me- the Father sees to it that those who show an interest in the truth about the person of Christ, are taught through the scriptures. If they respond to this, they are sure to come in faith to Christ. He Himself said “He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life”, John 5:24. By “my word”, He means the word or topic of His Deity, the theme He was expounding at that time. But even as He did this, it was as if the Father was teaching them, for to hear the Son was to believe the Father.

We in this age are in a better position than the men of Old Testament times, for we have the New Testament as well as the Old. And since the words of the Lord Jesus were words given Him by His Father to speak, then men have available this teaching, and have no excuse. Sadly, many have closed their ears to the truth He brought, and closed their eyes to the significance of the miracles He wrought, see Matthew 13:10-17.

6:46
Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father.

Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father- these men were used either to teaching others or being taught. In both cases the teachers were visible. Those who are taught of the Father do not see Him in that fashion. But the Son has eternal and infinite insight into the nature of the Father. He said later on, “I speak that which I have seen with my Father: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father”, John 8:38.

All others must rely on the revelation He gives of Himself through the One who is most fitted to give it, even the Son. Here the Lord claims exclusive rights to the truth concerning Himself and the Father, for the “He” is emphatic, meaning “He, and He only”.

There is no doubt an allusion here to the experience Moses had. After the people of Israel had transgressed God’s law at the foot of Sinai, he had besought the Lord to show him His glory, and the Lord promised to do this by passing before him and declaring the name of the Lord, Exodus 33:18,19. Then He added, “Thou canst not see my face: for there shall no man see me and live”, verse 20. When we come to John’s prologue, we find this truth repeated, for he writes, “For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him.” John 1:17,18. God declared His glorious name in terms of grace and truth when His glory passed by Moses. But Moses was hidden in the clift of the rock and covered by God’s hand when this happened. But now grace and truth in their fulness are found in Jesus Christ, and the apostle can say “we beheld his glory”, and “of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace”, John 1:14,16. So what was partial for Moses, and limited only to him, is now complete and full, and known by all who believe.

The reason why this revelation through the Son is authentic is because He is in full harmony with the Father, and sees Him with perfect insight, and has done so eternally. When Moses came down from Sinai after seeing the glory of God, his face shone. So much so, he had to veil his face while he talked with the people, Exodus 34:29-35. Things are different now under grace, for men were able to see Christ face to face physically, and if they took in His teaching, they would see the glory that Moses saw, but this time in the unveiled face of Jesus Christ as he talked with the people, 2 Corinthians 4:6. Now that He is back in heaven we see Him through the scriptures.

As we come to the end of this important section, we may summarise the truth of it under three headings as follows:

(a) The passage explains what men must realize if they are to see Christ in the right way.

1. That He can assess their motives, verse 26.

2. That He provided bread in the same way as Jehovah did in the desert. They spoke as if He only copied Moses, and misquoted scripture to support that idea.

3. That the Father has sealed Him, and thereby marked Him out as approved.

4. That He came down from heaven from the Father, and does not owe His manhood to Joseph.

(b) What the Father and the Son do so that they may see in the right way:

1. Show that the Son knows that they murmur in unbelief.

2. Make clear that the Father does draw to Christ.

3. Stand by the promises under the New Covenant.

(c) What the response of the Father and the Son is to those who come to Him:

1. The Father gives the whole company of believers to Christ as they come to Him one by one in faith.

2. The Son promises not to reject any who come.

3. The Son promises them resurrection, because this is His Father’s will.

4. The Son promises eternal life to all who come.

In verses 26-31 the emphasis is on coming. In verses 32-42 on believing. In verses 47-52 on eating. In verses 53-58 on digesting.

Section 5   Verses 47-59
The significance of the flesh of the Son of Man

Structure of the section

(a)

Verses 47-50

Eating and living

(b)

Verses 51-55

Eating and assimilating

(c)

Verse 56

Eating and abiding

(d)

Verses 57-58

Eating and depending

(a)  Verses 47-50
Eating and living

6:47
Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that believeth on me hath everlasting life.

Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that believeth on me hath everlasting life- the “Verily, verily” alerts us to a fresh aspect of doctrine, namely how those who are said in this verse to have everlasting life are maintained. That this fresh doctrine is difficult is evident from verse 52, where the Jewish experts strive among themselves about it.

This verse is a short summary of the main teaching so far, and serves as a bridge to a further development of truth. We are about to learn the following things about the life Christ gives:

Verse 47

A given life, not earned

Verse 48

A sustained life, for Christ is the “bread” of the life He gives

Verse 50

A superior life, unaffected by the death of the body

Verse 51

A displayed life, expressed in Christ down here on earth

Verse 53

An indispensable life, apart from Him there is no life

Verse 54

An eternal life, the life of God Himself, fit for His presence

Verse 55

A real life, for His flesh is bread truly, genuinely

Verse 56

A secure life, for the one who has it is in Christ, and He in him

Verse 57

A supported life, sustained by faith

6:48
I am that bread of life.

I am that bread of life- this is a repeat of the statement of verse 35, but now in connection with those who have come to Him in faith. He is not only the bread which satisfies hunger, but He is the bread which sustains the everlasting life He gives. Those who have everlasting life long to know God and His Son better. After all, that is the purpose of eternal life, according to John 17:3. That is why that verse seems to separate Jesus Christ from God, for it is as we gain a knowledge of Him as the revealer of God, that we get to know the only true God.

6:49
Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead.

Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead- this introduces a great contrast between the bread from heaven in Moses’ day, and bread from heaven now. Whilst the manna sustained physical life, it did not deliver from death. Neither did it sustain for more than a day. These are major reasons why Christ the bread of life is superior to the manna. They had appealed to the giving of the manna as a superior act by Moses. They are being shown that their reasoning is faulty.

6:50
This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die.

This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die- because He is eternal life personified, (see 1 John 1:2), then to “eat” Him, that is, to take into the mind the truth of His person, is to have a life within which can no more be successfully overwhelmed by death than His life can. It is not simply that a man is sustained until he dies. Such is the over-riding superiority of life eternal, that death is as nothing in its presence. Elsewhere, the Lord said, “If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death”, John 8:51, and also “He that liveth and believeth in me shall never die”, John 11:26. He came down from heaven, the place where death cannot come, in order that He might take believers to that deathless place.

(b)  Verses 51-55
Eating and assimilating

Special note on the words for eat
In verses 49-53, and verse 58, the word for eat is the initial act of putting into the mouth, whereas in verses 54-57 the word used has more the idea of chewing. Also, in verses 50-53, the tense of the word eat suggests a deliberate action complete in itself, whereas in verses 54-57 the idea is that the one eating has the character of an eater; it is something he does habitually.

6:51
I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.

I am the living bread which came down from heaven- He did not begin to live at His birth, but is “that eternal life, which was with the Father”, 1 John 1:2. He comes to share that life with those who believe.

If any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever- so the contrast is not between their fathers dying, and the believer living a long time. The fathers died, but the believer does not die.

And the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world- we come now to the revelation which justified the use of the “verily, verily” formula of verse 47. Life eternal is available to men, but not if they are in a state of sin. That would have been the same situation as if the tree of life had not been guarded by the cherubim. God said, “Behold the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and eat, and live for ever”, Genesis 3:22. The sentence is not finished, as if God could not bear to explain the consequence of living for ever in a state of sin. In the mercy of God, (for in wrath He remembers mercy, Habakkuk 3:2), Adam and his wife were prevented from eating of the tree of life and being preserved in sin for ever.

Having introduced the subject by the use of the expression “bread of God”, the way in which the bread becomes available to the world is now set out. Belief in His person involves belief in what He did at Calvary. There He gave all that He was as one who had lived on the earth well-pleasing to His Father, and He did this “in view of” the life of the world.

It is interesting to note that when God is detailing the duties of the priests, He describes them as offering “the bread of their God”, Leviticus 21:6. A later verse is even more specific, for it reads, “No man that hath a blemish of the seed of Aaron the priest shall come nigh to offer the offerings of the Lord made by fire: he hath a blemish; he shall not come nigh to offer the bread of his God”, verse 21. The Jews would be familiar with the phrase, therefore, hence the Lord does not need to be more explicit and explain that He means His sacrificial death.

Note that it is a question of what is made available by His death; potentially the whole world could have life if every individual came to Christ in faith, such is the magnitude of the provision. This is symbolised by the twelve baskets of bread that were left over and above what the people ate. There was an abundant supply, over and above the need to be met.

6:52
The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat?

The Jews therefore strove among themselves- their forefathers had murmured against Moses and Aaron before the manna was given, at the beginning of the wilderness journey, Exodus 16:2, and they went further, and strove with the Lord at the end of the wilderness journey, Numbers 20:13. These are doing the same, for they murmured at the Lord in verse 41, and now they are striving.

Saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat? The fact that it was passover time should have reminded them that they ate the flesh of the lamb. Had they forgotten that John the Baptist had announced Christ to be the Lamb of God? For all their religion, they failed to think of things in spiritual terms, but interpreted the Lord’s words on a purely natural, physical level. Later, He will emphasise the fact that His words are spirit and life. They are not to be taken in a physical, but a spiritual sense.

6:53
Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you.

Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you- the “verily, verily” formula comes here because of the development with regard to the drinking of blood. This verse presents the situation when the flesh is not eaten and the blood is not drunk, whereas in the next verse they are eaten and drunk. In the one case if they do not eat and drink, it is a sign they have no spiritual life. In the other case, eating and drinking is the sign they do have life. The scenario is presented negatively and positively.

Far from going back on His words, the Lord makes them even harder to understand by speaking of the drinking of blood. This should have shown them that He was speaking metaphorically, for the drinking of literal blood was forbidden by God, Leviticus 3:17; 7:26,27. That this command is not revoked is seen from Acts 15:29, where the apostles commanded the believers to “abstain…from blood”. We are forced to the conclusion that these words must not be understood in a physical sense. The Jews were perplexed about eating flesh, but now they are told that unless they do, they will not possess eternal life.

To a Jew, eternal life was the “life of the age”, that is, it fitted a person to share in the Kingdom Age under the Messiah. Here the Lord indicates that the means of becoming fit to enter the kingdom in any of its forms, is to eat His flesh and drink His blood. Note how these men misunderstood the Lord’s words at every stage, but He does not seek to modify or dilute His teaching. They must accept what He says by faith, even if they do not understand perfectly.

Special note on eating flesh and drinking blood
To eat the flesh of the Son of Man means to take in to the soul those doctrines that relate to Him as a man living on the earth, including the fact that He is God manifest in flesh. To drink His blood means to take in the truths relative to His sacrificial death. By means of His person and work, Christ makes Himself available to faith. Note that it is not body and blood, but flesh and blood. This extends the meaning to include all that the Lord Jesus was as one living on the earth; His whole person, not just the physical part of His person.

6:54
Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day.

Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life- the tense now changes from an event complete in itself, as verse 53, to an ongoing habit, that of constantly eating. So also the word for eat is now the one that emphasizes the chewing of food, the means of gaining the most benefit from it. This sort of eating is the customary occupation of those who have eternal life, and is one of their distinguishing features. Eternal life is the present possession of those who thus eat, for the one they feed their souls upon is eternal life personified, and is the bread of life. It is not possible for unbelievers to really eat the living bread, for it is a spiritual exercise, so if a person does do so, it is a sure sign they are genuine.

And I will raise him up at the last day- note again the promise to raise up at the last day, the confirmation that eternal life will be enjoyed the other side of death. There is a double promise; to give eternal life and to give a part in resurrection.

6:55
For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is blood indeed.

For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is blood indeed- indeed means truly, corresponding to the ideal. So the flesh of the Son of Man constitutes real and genuine food, and His blood genuine drink. They will not be superseded by other things, as the manna had been superseded by the old corn of the land, Joshua 5:12. This also indicates that His flesh and blood give true and lasting satisfaction to the soul.

In normal circumstances to eat human blood and drink blood is grossly offensive. The Lord is assuring us that, in the sense He means it, it is perfectly permissible to eat His flesh and drink His blood. It is indeed vital.

(c)  Verse 56
Eating and abiding

6:56
He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him.

He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him- now we have some of the consequences of this eating and drinking. The one who shows himself to be a genuine believer by having a desire for real spiritual food, can be said to dwell in Christ. This shows that to dwell or abide in Christ is not a further advance on believing in Him, but is rather the outcome of believing in Him. The true believer has a settled place in Christ, for believing in Him has dealt with those sinful things that render a person unfit for this position.

But there is more, for Christ dwells within the believer too. This is further explained in John 14, where the Lord Jesus sets out the truth regarding the coming of the Holy Spirit. In verse 17 of that chapter the promise is “he shall be in you”, then in verse 20, “At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you”. “That day” means the present period now that the Spirit of God has come on the day of Pentecost. By the illumination of the indwelling Spirit, believers know that the Son is in them, on the basis of the teaching of Scripture. In Romans 8:9,10 the apostle strongly implies that to have the Spirit within is to have Christ within, for he writes, “If so be the Spirit of God dwell in you…and if Christ be in you”.

(d)  Verses 57-58
Eating and depending

6:57
As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me.

As the living Father hath sent me- the Son has been given to have life in Himself, John 5:26, in order that He might be the readily-available source of eternal life for those who desire it. And the living Father, who shares His life with men when they believe on His Son, has sent that Son into the world on just that mission, for He said, “I am come that they might have life”, John 10:10.

And I live by the Father- as a dependant man here upon the earth, the Son of God lived by the Father; He did not live an independent life. This is seen in the wilderness temptation, when the Devil tempted Him to make stones into bread to satisfy His hunger. He refused, with the words, “Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God”, Matthew 4:4. And this was characteristic of His whole life.

So he that eateth me, even he shall live by me- as those who are in Christ, associated with Him and sharing His nature, and as those who possess the same Spirit as moved Him, believers, too, live by the same principle. They live by means of Him who is the food for their souls. In this way His life of dependence and faith is reproduced in His people. This is a high honour, even to feed upon that which Christ feeds upon.

6:58
This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever.

This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever- these words are a summary of the discourse, and serve to re-affirm the teaching given. “Bread which came down from heaven” re-affirms verses 32-46. “Not as your fathers did eat manna and are dead” re-affirms 47-52. “He that eateth of this bread shall live for ever” re-affirms verses 53-57. These sections all begin with “Verily, verily”, so each represents an advance on the truth.

Special note on transubstantiation
This is the name given by the Roman Catholic system to their belief that the bread and wine of the Catholic Mass are changed into the real body and blood of Christ. The language of Pope Pius the 10th is as follows:

“The sacrifice of the Mass is substantially that of the cross, in as far as the same Jesus Christ who offered Himself on the cross is He who offers Himself by the hands of the priests His ministers on our altars”.

It is painful to quote these words, for they are wicked blasphemy.

The following facts should be borne in mind in this connection:

1. We should remember that the Lord Jesus held the loaf that He described as His body in His hands as He spoke the words “this is my body”, Matthew 26:26. We should also remember that He described the cup of wine as the fruit of the vine after He had said that it was the new covenant in His blood, Matthew 26:28,29. If, on the night of the institution of the Supper, and with the Lord Jesus officiating, the bread and wine did not change, why should it be thought they change when mere mortals officiate?

2. There is a grammar rule in the Greek language to indicate whether a statement is to be taken literally or figuratively. The rule is as follows: “When a pronoun is used instead of one of the nouns, and the two nouns are of different genders, (Greek words are either masculine, feminine, or neuter), the pronoun is always made to agree with that noun to which it is carried, and not to the noun from which it is carried, and to which it properly belongs”.

The nouns in this instance are “bread” and “body”, and “this” replaces the noun “bread”. The pronoun “this” is neuter. The noun “bread” is masculine. The noun “body” is neuter. If the statement were literal, then the pronoun would be masculine. As the pronoun is neuter, and agrees with the word body, which is neuter, then the statement is figurative and not literal.

3. “Labour not for the meat that perisheth”, verse 27.

This is a reference to the loaves He had miraculously multiplied the day before, (although it has a general lesson as well). Even they did not endure, nor did they give eternal life to those who ate them, since at the end of the chapter the majority walked away, showing they were not believers. No literal bread, even if miraculously provided by the Son of God, can give eternal life.

4. “Labour not…but labour for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life…this is the work of God, that ye believe…”, verse 27-29.

It is not a religious ritual, but living faith in Christ which gives eternal life.

5. “As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me”, verse 57.

The way the Lord Jesus lived by means of His Father, was not by eating literal bread, but by nourishing His soul on what the Father was, as expressed in what He said in His word. See Matthew 4:4. In like manner the true believer nourishes his soul on the truth of Christ’s person.

6. “The words I speak that unto you, they are spirit, and they are life”, verse 63.

In other words, they should be understood on a spiritual level, not on the level of sense and feeling.

The remainder of the chapter re-opens the question as to whether the people will seek the true bread by faith, or whether they will say as their fathers did, “our soul loatheth this light bread”, Numbers 21:5. This had been the theme of the first section, verses 26-31, again with its “Verily, verily”. The ideal response to the Lord’s teaching in this discourse is that of Peter, who said, when asked by the Lord if he was going away, “Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God”, verses 68,69.

Section 6   Verses 60-71
Steadfastness

Summary of the section
The last verses of the chapter show us the various responses which it is possible to make to the words of Christ. There are either expressions and actions which indicate unbelief, in verses 60-66, or those which speak of true faith in Him, verses 67-71.

Structure of the section

Marks of unbelief in verses 60-66

Verses 60

Unbelief blames the message

Verses 61,62

Unbelief only believes when it can see

Verse 63

Unbelief is as a result of the natural man’s inability

Verse 64

Unbelief is known to Christ

Verses 65,66

Unbelief prefers its own opinions

Marks of faith in verses 67-71

Verses 67,68

Faith knows there is no alternative to Christ

Verse 69

Faith rests on the person and work of Christ

Verses 70,71

Faith is resolute amidst unbelief

Verses 59,60
Unbelief blames the message

6:59
These things said he in the synagogue, as he taught in Capernaum.

These things said he in the synagogue, as he taught in Capernaum- it is not clear at what point the synagogue was reached. It was possibly at the moment John mentions the Jews, in verse 41, although the passage does read like a continuous discourse from verse 26, interspersed with murmuring in verse 41 and striving among themselves in verse 52. Alternatively, perhaps the “these things” of this verse relates only to verses 53-58, with the beginning of the discourse spoken to a larger audience before the synagogue was entered.

6:60
Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it?

Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it? What they heard was the whole discourse, not just the last few sentences. The word saying is “logos”, meaning, in this context, theme or topic. Being disciples they had listened to the whole address.

In effect they were saying “What is it?” again, (as their forefathers had done when they saw the manna), being unable to understand because they were resisting the teaching from God that Christ was giving them.

Verses 61,62
Unbelief only believes when it can see

6:61
When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmured at it, he said unto them, Doth this offend you?

When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmured at it- the unbelief of men deeply affected the sensitive heart of Christ. He could read their hearts, “for he knew what was in man”, as John has told us, John 2:25. This is one of the marks of the Messiah, that He will not need men to bear witness to Him, even about themselves, Isaiah 11:3. This is a further development, for it is not the Jewish experts who are murmuring and striving, but those who considered themselves to be His disciples. The word disciple has to do with being a learner. Sadly, some of them were like those the apostle Paul referred to who were “Ever learning, and never able to come to a knowledge of the truth.” 2 Timothy 3:7.

He said unto them, Doth this offend you? They were offended, or stumbled, because the pathway they were treading was interrupted by His teaching, for they were on the wrong road. It was in their best spiritual interests that the word of Christ should rebuke them, for if they responded they could begin to walk the right path. They were on a pathway which led to the Messiah being a glorious king, whereas Christ had come to die first, and then enter His kingdom, Luke 24:26. They perhaps realised the meaning of the eating of the flesh and the drinking of the blood, and the giving of His flesh for the life of the world, involved His death, and this troubled them. Possibly they began to wonder whether He was in fact the Messiah if He was going to die and not reign. They further realised that if they did in fact eat and drink, then it meant they had become associated with Him in His sufferings and death in some way, and this they were not prepared to do.

6:62
What and if ye shall see the Son of Man ascend up where he was before?

What and if ye shall see the Son of Man ascend up where he was before? If when He was visible to them they did not believe in Him, how would it be when He was absent? They had been offended by His refusal to allow them to make Him king the day before, what would they say if He went back to heaven without ascending the throne of Israel?

This is the second time the Lord has referred to His ascension. John does not record the actual event, but he does give, in the words of the Lord Jesus Himself, the implications of that event. In John 3:13 the emphasis is on the fact that the Lord is in touch with heaven, even whilst upon the earth. He is in heaven, knowing His Father’s thoughts. To ascend back to heaven is simply the logical outcome of this, and when He has ascended, He will introduce His people to the things of heaven.

In John 20:17 the idea is of Him going back to heaven to maintain the relationship His people will have with His Father and His God. Here, however, the point is that He is returning to heaven without starting His reign, and this they are concerned about, even to the point of thinking that He is not the Messiah after all. But all that the Lord had said about His person is confirmed by the fact that He was in heaven before He came. This can be said of no other man, and establishes His uniqueness as the Son of God. The wonder is, that He will return to heaven as Son of Man. By doing this, He becomes the counterpart of the hidden manna, the pot of manna laid up in the tabernacle to be a memorial of the provision God made for His people as they passed through the wilderness, Exodus 16:32-36.

The pot contained an ephah of manna, a person’s portion for one day, and Christ is in heaven, the portion of His people for the Day of God, the endless eternity to come. The manna in the pot was not eaten, but the true hidden manna, Christ Himself, is held out to the overcomer as a reward, Revelation 2:17. What a privilege to delight in the same one in whom the Father delights! What a reward that will be!

One of the consequences of Him ascending up to be with the Father would be the giving of the Holy Spirit, and this helps us to understand the next verse.

Verse 63
Unbelief is as a result of the natural man’s inability

6:63
It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.

It is the Spirit that quickeneth- the reason why this discourse offended them was that they were not able to rise to the level necessary to understand it. Only as they left their fleshly thoughts and prejudices behind, (such as the idea that He had come to immediately set up His kingdom), would they be responsive to the Spirit as He made Christ’s words live to them. Those who have eternal life have been born of the Spirit, and are indwelt by the Spirit, and this gives the ability to appreciate spiritual truths.

The flesh profiteth nothing- the flesh, the self that is governed by sin, can never bring us to the position where we understand the thoughts of God, which is the most profitable thing of all.

The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life- the words He spoke were on the level at which the Spirit operates, and when they were acted upon, (such as when a person eats His flesh and drinks His blood), they sustain the spiritual life of the true believer. Confusion results if we take the words of Christ, (especially His words about eating His flesh and drinking His blood), on a natural level.

Verse 64
Unbelief is known to Christ

6:64
But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him.

But there are some of you that believe not- being content with carnal expectations, they refused to receive His word. This showed they were unbelievers, even though disciples, and had not the capacity to understand spiritual things. The apostle Paul wrote, “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” 1 Corinthians 2:14.

For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him- as one who knows what is in the hearts of men, He knew from the start of His ministry that some were gathering around Him who were not genuine believers. He knew what was in man, and did not need someone to testify to Him about them so that He found out, for He knew all along. See John 2:24,25. He also knew where that unbelief would lead Judas. He represents all that is worst about the nation, so that Stephen accused the nation of becoming the betrayers of Christ, Acts 7:52, for the act of Judas had been but the expression of their attitude.

We should remember that the Lord chose His apostles after a night of prayer, Luke 6:12-16. There are those who suggest, in infidel fashion, that the Lord deliberately chose Judas so that scripture could be fulfilled in the matter of His betrayal. Leaving aside the fact that there are other prophecies that He could not manipulate, (His birth in Bethlehem for instance), the Lord made many attempts to bring Judas back from the brink of his horrible deed. Even in these verses we find the Lord calling one of the apostles a devil, indicating to Judas that He knew who would betray Him. This was a stern warning to him. The prophecies about the betrayer could have been fulfilled other than by Judas, for he was not named in the Old Testament. When John writes “who should betray him”, he does not mean “who ought to betray him”, but rather, “who it is who shall betray him”.

It is possible that the events of the previous evening had been the reason why Judas was labelled the traitor here. The people had wanted to make Christ their king, but He had refused. There may have been some support from the apostles for that move, for we know from Matthew’s account that they had to be constrained to leave the area, and they did not get on board the boat until the evening had come, suggesting they were reluctant to go. Could it be that they, and Judas in particular, were in favour of the idea of making Him king? After all, they had become His followers because they believed He was the promised Messiah, and that the kingdom of heaven was at hand. Judas may have become disillusioned at this point, and began to wonder whether Jesus was the expected king. If He was making false claims, Judas may have thought he was serving God by betraying Jesus, to make way for the rightful Messiah. Then when He walked on the water, Judas became convinced that He could overcome anything, so if he betrayed Him for money, (remember, Judas was a thief), He would be able to deliver Himself, go into an ignominious retirement, and Judas could make off with the money. He only realised his mistake when he saw the Lord being taken, bound, from the high priest’s palace to be questioned by Pilate. He makes no attempt to free Himself to escape death. It was at that point that Matthew records the suicide of Judas, as if he had been overcome by despair when he saw his plan had failed, Matthew 27:1-10.

Matthew is also recording Judas’ suicide at that stage of his account to associate together Judas’ betrayal of Christ, and the betrayal of Christ by the nation, as they handed Him over to the Gentiles. This was national suicide. As the Lord exclaimed, “O Israel, thou hast destroyed thyself”, but He went on to say “but in me is thine help. I will be thy king”, Hosea 13:9,10. So a Divine king is waiting to save a self-destroyed nation in the future.

Verses 65, 66
Unbelief prefers its own opinions

6:65
And he said, Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father.

And he said, Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father- this is the implication of His teaching in verses 44 and 45, where He had emphasised that it was necessary for the Father to draw men through the teaching of the scriptures if they are to have life from Him. Only as men respond to the teaching of the Father will they be given to the Son.

There is no other way a man can come to the Son for eternal life than through the teaching the Father gives him, for “they shall be all taught of God”. Man is unable of His own ability to understand, (the flesh profiteth nothing, verse 63), but must submit himself to the word of God, if he is to know eternal life through Christ.

It is a great privilege to believe in God’s Son, and this is granted by God, (“given unto him of my Father”), to those who accept His word. The apostle Paul put it like this, “For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on him, but also to suffer for his sake.” Philippians 1:29. By embracing wrong thoughts about Christ, Judas showed he had not been taught of the Father, but had listened to the Devil, the slanderer and deceiver.

6:66
From that time many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him.

From that time many of his disciples went back- when the Lord Jesus refused to compromise, or dilute His teaching to accommodate the opinions of men, then there were those who parted company from Him. They showed by this that they preferred their own opinions, and were still in the state of mind expressed in verse 42, where what they knew was set against what He said. To go back means to go to the things behind. The manna had been given to see if the people would walk in God’s law or not, Exodus 16:4. Many did not thus walk in that day, and it is the same with many in John 6. They went back to the things behind, these being their old thoughts about what sort of Messiah was coming. So to follow as disciples, enthusiastic for the setting up of the Kingdom is not enough. They must believe, and so be part of that company that God gives to the Son. None of that company shall turn back. As the writer to the Hebrews says about believers, “But we are not of them who draw back unto perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul.” Hebrews 10:39.

And walked no more with him- when Adam refused the word of God, and rebelled against it, the scripture says he heard the voice of the Lord God walking in the garden, Genesis 3:8. He was immediately rebuked, for he was no longer walking in line with the word of God, and his conscience made him hide. The people of this chapter distance themselves from Christ in like manner. It is solemn to think that at the end of His ministry, Christ hid Himself from them, for that is what they wanted. See John 12:36; Isaiah 53:3.

Verses 67,68
Faith knows there is no alternative to Christ

6:67
Then said Jesus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away?

Then said Jesus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away? This is an appeal to Judas to draw back from his purpose, for the question is put to all twelve of them, including Judas. It is also an opportunity for the other eleven to declare that they are not influenced by the worldly enthusiasm of the people the previous evening.

Notice the full range of names given to the Lord in these verses. “Jesus”, “Lord”, “Christ”, and “Son of the living God”. The only name that Judas is recorded as giving to Christ is “Master”, and he used this name when he betrayed Him.

6:68
Then Simon Peter answered, him, Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life.

Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? The full name Simon Peter denotes one who, though born and named Simon, is now Peter, a follower of Christ. The question is, will his initial faith stand this test? Simon means “hearing”, and Peter means “rock”. Will what he has heard from the Father, which resulted in him coming to Christ, (and being renamed Cephas, or Peter, John 1:42), remain steadfast, rock-like, or will he turn away? He is decisive in his answer, stating that there is no alternative to Christ.

Thou hast the words of eternal life- this is why there is no alternative. Only one who is the Son of God, and who therefore shares the life of God, can possibly give that life to others. Peter has learned that “as the Father hath life in himself, so hath he given to the Son to have life in himself”, John 5:26. So in the purpose of God it is to the Son we must go for eternal life, for He is the one who dispenses it to those who believe on Him. The words of eternal life are the teachings Christ gave as to His person. He said, when discoursing on the subject of His Deity, “He that heareth my word, and believeth him that sent me, hath everlasting life”, John 5:24.

6:69
And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God.

And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ- so Peter was rock-like, and was convinced that, despite what had happened the night before when their hopes of a near setting up of the kingdom were raised, and then dashed, the one they had followed was indeed “that Christ”. In other words, “that Christ the prophets foretold would come, and about whom the Father had taught them from those prophets, verse 45”. A similar form of expression is found in John 1:21, where the authorities ask John if he is “that prophet”, meaning “that prophet Moses told us would come in Deuteronomy 18:18”.

The Son of the living God- so Peter’s understanding of the Messiah was not merely that He was an earthly deliverer, but one who came from heaven. God is the living God, and has purposed to give His life to others when they believe on His Son. He was “that Christ” the Old Testament had said would come. He is the “Son of God” that the New Testament says has come. “To him give all the prophets witness”, Acts 10:43.

When Christ sits upon the throne of David it will be the throne of the Lord in reality, just as it was this in anticipation when Solomon sat upon it,. We read that “Solomon sat on the throne of the Lord as king”, 1 Chronicles 29:23, but we must understand that statement in the light of a previous one when David says, “the Lord…hath chosen Solomon my son to sit upon the throne of the kingdom of the Lord over Israel”, 28:5. So Solomon only sat on the throne of the Lord in the sense that it was the throne of the kingdom of the Lord. But when Christ sits upon it, then it will be said, “Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever”, Hebrews 1:8.

Peter wrote two epistles, and deals in the first with those who genuinely believe, and then in the second with those who are not genuine. There were those who had appeared to believe, but they were not sure, or convinced, that Christ was the true Messiah, and the Son of God. Peter distances himself from this spurious faith. Whilst some were doubting, as when the people of Israel said “What is it”, Peter is like those who saw that same manna and saw the glory of the Lord, Exodus 16:7. He could say with John, “we beheld his glory”, John 1:14. As the Christ, the Lord Jesus stood in relation to Israel and the world, and as Son of God, He stood in relationship with heaven, and His Father.

Special note on confessions of faith
There are four major confessions of faith in the gospel records. The first is from Nathaniel, who exclaimed, “Rabbi, thou art the Son of God: thou art the King of Israel”, John 1:49. Nathaniel represents the nation of Israel who will turn from their national unbelief and scepticism about Christ, to openly confess His Deity and His consequent right to be their King. Like Nathaniel, they will doubt that any good thing can come out of Nazareth, let alone their glorious King-Messiah, but they will change their minds, as Nathaniel did.

The second is in the chapter we are considering. Exclaims Peter, “And we believe and are sure that thou at that Christ, the Son of the living God.” John 6:69. Many of the disciples are turning away, but Peter represents those in the nation who are steadfast, and refuse to move in their personal commitment to Christ. They believe He is the Christ, or Messiah, and therefore has a total claim upon their allegiance. They believe He is much more than “Jesus, the son of Joseph”, verse 42, and is indeed the one who came down from heaven, sent by His Father, the very Son of God.

The third declaration of faith is made also by Peter, but this time on a representative level, for he is about to be given special responsibilities in regard to the church. In response to the question, “But whom say ye that I am?” Peter answers, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God”, Matthew 16:16. this is the firm basis on which the church is built, that Jesus is the Christ of Old Testament prediction, and the Son of the living God of New Testament revelation.

The fourth declaration is made by Thomas, after the Lord’s resurrection. He had doubted the word of the apostles that Christ was risen, yet when he saw the wound marks in His hands and side, he cried out “My Lord and my God”, John 20:28. There were two other men in Jerusalem with pierced hands at that time, but only one with pierced hands and side. This marked Christ out as having risen from the dead, establishing His Lordship, for, as the apostle Paul wrote, “For to this end Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that he might be Lord both of the dead and living.” Romans 14:9. He has conquered death by rising from the grave, and this is a powerful declaration of His Sonship, for the apostle also tells us that He was “declared to be the Son of God with power, according to the spirit of holiness, by the resurrection from the dead”, Romans 1:4. Thomas realises this, and makes his firm declaration of Christ’s Lordship and Sonship, both shown by His resurrection.

Verses 70,71
Faith is resolute amidst unbelief

6:70
Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil?

Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil? Peter had answered for the twelve, and is the first individual in John’s gospel to call Jesus Lord when addressing Him. But the Lord knows that one of them is not true to Him, and does not recognise Him as Lord. Judas never called Jesus Lord, just as the Devil would not use the title Lord of God in Genesis 3. Later on, Peter will be given the gift of discerning of spirits, to enable him to assess the hearts of men, Acts 8:23.

6:71
He spake of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him, being one of the twelve.

He spake of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon- how remarkable that the true Messiah, whose judgment is perfect, Isaiah 11:1-3, and who, being the Son of God, knows the hearts of men, John 2:24,25; Jeremiah 17:9,10, should choose a man so held by Satan that he is indistinguishable from a devil, and who would betray Him. He made this choice after a night of prayer to God, Luke 6:12-16. so this is the Father’s will, and the Son goes along with it. It says much for the obedience of the Son to His Father’s will that He did so, for He knew that Judas’ betrayal of Him would result in Him being crucified.

For he it was that should betray him, being one of the twelve- Peter has spoken as if the twelve are in agreement, yet the Lord knew otherwise, and made it known, lest the faith of the eleven should be shaken when the betrayal took place. He did this again in the upper room, for having foretold that Judas would betray Him, He said, “Now I tell you before it come, that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am he”, John 13:19. The fact that He knew beforehand would confirm their belief that He was who He claimed to be, the all-knowing Son of God.

Note that John speaks of the betrayal twice over, verses 64 and 71. He is writing later on in life, and now knows who the betrayer was, whereas at the time he did not. Does he mention the betrayal twice over because looking back, he realises that something had recently happened to make Judas turn traitor?

JOHN 3

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the following e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.c.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 3

Setting of the chapter
John chapter 2 concludes with the Lord Jesus not being prepared to commit Himself to those who believed on Him simply and only because He was able to do miracles. By believing in Him in this way they did not distinguish Him from Moses, Elijah and Elisha, who all performed miracles in their day. The difference between them and Christ is that they did the miracles as the agents of God, whereas the Lord Jesus did the miracles as an expression of His equality with God, as will become clearer in chapter 5:19. The people mentioned at the end of chapter 2 did not know this, however. This is one reason why the Lord referred to Himself as the Only begotten Son when He spoke with Nicodemus, thus distinguishing Himself from Elijah and Elisha.

Because He was not satisfied with this state of affairs, the Lord indicates to Nicodemus that it is not only as the Only-begotten Son that men must believe on Him, but also as one lifted up on a cross. It is as one lifted up that He draws all to Himself; He does not draw some by one means, such as miracles, and some by another, such as a death on a cross. It is only by the latter means, John 12:32.

Structure of the chapter
The chapter consists of two main sections, as follows:

Section 1
Verses 1-21 Christ’s conversation with Nicodemus.

“Ye must be born again”.

Section 2
Verses 22-36 John the Baptist’s conversation about Christ.

“I must decrease”.

Summary of the chapter
In the first section, down to verse 21, the conversation with Nicodemus sets out the principles on which a person may enter the kingdom of God, the sphere where God’s rule alone is exercised. Nicodemus had preconceived ideas about entry into that kingdom, and he has to learn from Christ the true means of entrance. That means is bound up with a Messiah who is to be lifted up to die, not immediately lifted up on a throne to reign.

In the second section, the Lord Jesus deliberately positions Himself near to where John the Baptist was ministering, and special mention is made of Him baptizing too. We know from 4:2 that Christ did not Himself baptize, but there is a convergence of persons and ministries here, before they diverge, and John is martyred. Mark’s Gospel had begun by setting John the Baptist and Christ side by side, and now near the end of John’s ministry the same thing happens. Just as when He came to be baptized of John, the Lord had sanctioned and authenticated John’s ministry, so the same is happening again, but this time so that John may recede with honour, in favour of Christ.

Section 1   Verses 1-21
Christ’s conversation with Nicodemus.

“Ye must be born again”.

It is important to follow the line of thought in this conversation:

Verse 1
The apostle John introduces us to Nicodemus, telling us of his position as a ruler in Israel.

Verse 2
Nicodemus opens the conversation with a comment about the miracles the Lord had performed at passover time, 2:23. But these miracles were “the powers of the world to come”, Hebrews 6:5. In other words, they were previews of the sort of changes that will be brought about when Christ comes to rule in His kingdom, which is what is meant by the world to come. This would explain why the Lord responded by speaking about the kingdom.

Verse 3
In His answer, the Lord answers the underlying misunderstanding in Nicodemus’ statement, and points out that the new birth is essential to even perceive or understand the nature of the kingdom of God.

Verse 4
By his response to this idea of new birth, Nicodemus displays sad ignorance of its nature.

Verses 5-8
The Lord now explains that, far from being a repeat natural birth, the new birth is completely spiritual, and is brought about by the sovereign workings of the Spirit of God.

Verse 9
Despite being a teacher in Israel, Nicodemus does not understand.

Verse 10
The Lord mildly rebukes him for his ignorance.

The remainder of John’s record is taken up with the teaching of the Lord Jesus, which has the following structure:

Verses 11-13
Christ’s authority to teach.

Verse 14,15
The illustration from the Old Testament- the brazen serpent lifted up on a pole.

Verse 16
The New Testament counterpart- Christ lifted up on a cross.

Verse 17
In contrast to the serpents that were sent in judgement, God’s Son was sent that men might be saved.

Verse 18
This does not mean that God will never judge men. In fact, by his nature as a sinner, man is condemned already.

Verses 19-21
The reaction of men to Christ when he came determines whether they are in the light or in the dark.

3:1
There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews:

There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews- there were those in Israel who were happy to simply believe on Christ as a miracle-worker, and there were those, by contrast, who wanted to know more. Nicodemus is one of these, and the Lord is prepared to educate him in the things of the kingdom, but on His terms. In accordance with truth, He will not commit Himself to those merely impressed by miracles, but in grace He will lead those like Nicodemus on to better things. As a Pharisee, Nicodemus would think himself assured of being in the kingdom of the Messiah.

John specifically calls Nicodemus a man, and hence he comes within the category of those whose hearts the Lord knows all about, for “he knew what was in man”, 2:24,25. This becomes very evident in the conversation with him, and is also the leading thought in the sequel, where people’s responses to the light are dealt with.

John is free to name this man, for he was old when he came, and John is writing his gospel many years afterwards, when most likely Nicodemus was dead, and therefore safe from persecution. This is possibly why others in the gospel records are named or not named, according to whether they were young or old at the time. So, for instance, the younger Samaritan woman of chapter 4 is not named. The fact that Nicodemus is a ruler will come up for mention later.

3:2
The same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him.

The same came to Jesus by night- even though he came by night, the heart of Nicodemus is brought out into the light, and the light of Christ’s holiness and righteousness penetrates it. Without realising it, Nicodemus was in the presence of one of whom it could be said, “Yea, the darkness hideth not from thee; but the night shineth as the day: the darkness and the light are both alike to thee.” Psalm 139:12. Those who do not come to the light are afraid of their deeds being exposed. The Lord would afterwards call the Pharisees whited sepulchres, Matthew 23:27, for they were outwardly holy, but inwardly were full of corruption, being mere natural men.

No doubt Nicodemus was fearful of the reaction of his fellow Pharisees if they discovered that he had visited the new teacher. He seems to have been gradual in his progress in Divine things, but progress there was, as later he took his stand before the Sanhedrin in 7:50-52, and then as he finally and boldly came out into the open when he assisted Joseph of Arimathaea as he buried the body of the Lord Jesus, John 19:38-42.

And said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God- notice Nicodemus gives Christ the title Rabbi, one of respect. Even the prophets had not been called this. The Jews believed that especially holy men of prayer were enabled to do mighty works by God. We do not read of the Lord Jesus teaching before this point, so perhaps Nicodemus is drawing a conclusion from the miracles that He is able to teach as well. There is perhaps a trace of a superior air with Nicodemus the Pharisee, as he states “we know”. He, as an old man, is in the presence of a young rabbi, and feels that he has greater knowledge. He is going to be met with the “Verily, verily” of Divine authority. If Jesus is a teacher come from God then He should be listened to.

We should not make the mistake of inserting the ministry in Galilee that Matthew, Mark and Luke record, before this time, for that was after John had been cast into prison, Matthew 4:12, and John 3 takes place before that event, according to John 3:24. This also means that the visit to the synagogue in Nazareth that Luke 4:14-32 records was not immediately after His temptation, despite what we might think when we compare verse 13 and 16 of that chapter.

For no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him- Nicodemus sees the connection between the deeds and the teaching, but as yet does not discern the significance of the link. Christ’s miracles and His teaching go together, so to believe He can work miracles, and yet not believe His teaching, is to miss the point of it all. He would later say, “Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father in me: or else believe me for the very works’ sake.” John 14:11. The miracles He performed showed the truth that He and the Father were one; nonetheless to simply believe He was a miracle worker was not enough. Nicodemus thought that God was “with Him”, which was true, but he must come to see that God as Father was “in” the Son, which is an indication of Deity.

Nicodemus has much to learn. In fact we could divide the section up according to that idea of knowing:

Verses 1,2

We know that thou art a teacher come from God.

Verses 3-9

He cannot see (know, perceive) the kingdom of God.

Verse 10

Art thou a teacher in Israel, and knowest not these things?

Verses 11-17

We speak that we do know.

3:3
Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.

Jesus answered and said unto him- the Lord, knowing Nicodemus’ heart, was able to answer the thought that lay behind the statement, which was that every Jew had right to the kingdom simply by being born a Jew, and from that position of advantage was able to assess those who made claims in their midst. Nicodemus must learn that despite being born a Jew, and being a ruler in Israel, he is but a natural man, only born of the flesh, and therefore is not fit for a kingdom which is essentially spiritual.

The miracles performed by Christ were the powers of the age to come, Hebrews 6:5, giving clear indication that He was the true Messiah. However, Nicodemus must recognise and believe who it is that does the miracles before that kingdom can be entered.

Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God- the “Verily, verily” that begins the sentence shows that it is Christ’s knowledge of things that is vital, not that of Nicodemus.

Christ deliberately uses the word for see which has to do with knowing. It is not just that Nicodemus’ eyes will not see the Messiah reigning, but also that he has no mental conception of what His kingdom really is. This spiritual sight only comes when there is a spiritual birth. So the new birth is not a question of reformation, or refinement, or religion, but of regeneration.

Because the word for “again” is translated “above” in verse 31, some have suggested that we should read “born from above” instead of “born again”. But if this change is correct, why does Nicodemus immediately speak of entering his mother’s womb a second time? Would he not have queried what it meant to be born from above, rather than imply that he understood it to mean to be born in the same way as he had already been born? He was not born from above at his natural birth.

3:4
Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? can he enter the second time into his mother’s womb, and be born?

Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? So convinced is Nicodemus that birth naturally gives title to the kingdom, that he immediately relates the Lord’s words to another natural birth, hence the reference to being born of one’s mother. John has already told us about the new birth in 1:12,13, (see notes on that passage), but Nicodemus is speaking with the Lord Jesus before those things were known. Later on, in John 8:31-37, the Lord will indicate to the Jews that Ishmael was just as much the physical son of Abraham as Isaac was, so natural birth is not enough, even of Hebrew parents. John the Baptist had taught the same thing in a different way, saying “And think not to say to yourselves, We have Abraham to our father: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham.” Matthew 3:9.
Can he enter the second time into his mother’s womb, and be born? He has misunderstood the word “again”, and thinks it means a birth of the same sort. The rabbis taught that if you had a Jewish mother, had been circumcised, and had kept the law, then you would be in Messiah’s kingdom.

3:5
Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.

Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee- the repetition of the “Verily, verily” shows that the teaching is advancing, with a fresh truth being made known. This is always a feature of passages where “verily” is repeated. The fresh truth needs a fresh assent. Before, the simple fact is stated about the impossibility of appreciating the kingdom without the new birth, now we have information as to how that new birth comes about.

Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God- Nicodemus should have been alerted to a reference to Old Testament Scripture by the Lord’s words linking water and Spirit. He should have immediately gone in thought to Ezekiel chapters 36 and 37, where these two things are mentioned. In Ezekiel 36, the prophet tells what needs to happen before Israelites can enter the kingdom of God, (meaning the manifest kingdom of God on earth under the rule of the Messiah), after their wandering away from God, verses 21-24. Then he speaks of God sprinkling clean water upon them, so that they may be cleansed from defilement.
To what does the prophet refer? To answer this question we must go back to Numbers 19, where the sacrifice of a red heifer is detailed. This was God’s provision for the people of Israel when they contracted defilement. The red heifer sacrifice was a once-for-all event, but the ashes left after it had been burnt as a sacrifice were kept. When cleansing from defilement was needed, clean water was taken, and some of the ashes were mixed with the water, and sprinkled over the defiled person to make him ceremonially clean. And all this despite the fact that the man was an Israelite!
By this ceremony God was teaching His people lessons. The main one was this, that if the value of a sin-offering was to be known, it was to be through the agency of the water. And this water must be applied to the individual in question, for it was not enough that the water was available, but must be applied personally.
But all this was in the Old Testament. Where are we to find water that has the ashes of a sin-offering mixed in it? The answer of course, is that we shall not find literal water now which fulfils the requirements. Yet unless we are born of water we cannot enter God’s kingdom! Does the Lord Jesus hold out a hope to Nicodemus which cannot in fact be realised? This He surely would not do. So what is the answer? It is found in the fact that whilst literal water is not available, its spiritual counterpart is, for it is the Word of God. Even in Old Testament times the psalmist could ask the question, “Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way?” And the answer he gave to his own question was, “By taking heed thereto, according to thy word.” Psalm 119:9. The apostle Paul agrees, for he speaks of Christ sanctifying and cleansing His people by “the washing of water by the word”, Ephesians 5:26. The word of God, applied to the heart and mind, makes available the truth as to the sacrifice of the Lord Jesus for sin, and thus the defilement which prevents us from entering the kingdom of God is removed, and the new birth is effected, for the water is God’s living word. As Peter wrote, “Being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever.” 1 Peter 1:23.
In close connection with the water, the Lord Jesus speaks to Nicodemus of the Spirit, just as Ezekiel chapter 37, with its emphasis on the Spirit’s work, follows chapter 36, where the water of sprinkling is mentioned Ezekiel saw a valley of dry bones, an illustration of the condition of the people in unbelief. The cure for the deadness was the blowing of the wind over them, Ezekiel 37:9,10, for when the wind, or breath, breathed into them, they lived. Now this is explained in verse 14 as the putting of God’s Spirit into them, so that they might live. It is important to know that the Hebrew word for wind, breath, and spirit, is the same. So in chapter 36 the water is figurative, and in chapter 37 the wind is figurative, and the Lord Jesus takes up both these figures in His conversation with Nicodemus. He is giving Nicodemus the clue to the understanding of His words by deliberately likening the action of the wind to the action of the Spirit of God. This is why the Lord speaks of the wind blowing where it listeth, or willeth, verse 8. Just as the wind seems to have a will of its own, blowing where it likes, so the Spirit of God, a Divine person, acts according to His own will.
Nicodemus has now learnt that if he is to enter the kingdom, he must have cleansing from his defilement, and be given life from God. If he has these two things he will be a completely changed person, born again by the power of the Spirit of God, and possessing the life of God in his soul.

Special note on christening
Those who teach the doctrine of baptismal regeneration by christening say that by the sprinkling of “holy” water on an infant, he or she is made a child of God, and an inheritor of the kingdom of heaven. This is a bold claim, which, if wrong, has deluded many into thinking that they are sure of heaven when they are not. This idea supposes that the one who officiates at such a ceremony has a right to do so, and that which he does is valid before God.

To decide these two questions, a further one is necessary, namely, what the authority is for the ceremony in the first place? Who is to say it is any different to bathing in the Ganges? This is an important matter, for what is involved is the eternal destiny of the soul. We ask then, where does the authority for this doctrine come from? Men, or God? If from men, we may safely discard it, but if from God, we shall find it taught in His word, the Holy Scriptures.

We live in a day when relativism reigns, and the thoughts and opinions of the individual are paramount, and the views of others, however relevant and important to them, are not necessarily relevant and important to anyone else. This is not a theory that works in practice, and is just an excuse for not accepting higher authorities than ourselves. We are prepared to accept the higher authority of the bus timetable when we wish to travel by bus, but are not prepared to accept the higher authority of the Bible when it is a question of travelling to heaven.

In any case, the opposite of relativism is absolutism, the idea that there is authority other than our own, and which is unchanging, being rooted in the truth. Those who deny this in effect say “There is nothing absolute”; but this statement is an absolute one, and therefore contradicts their argument. Any idea which involves a self-contradiction is not valid. Since there are only two options, relativism and absolutism, and relativism is not valid, then absolutism is. The only possible source of absolute authority is God Himself.

There are those who, realising that we need to have an authority outside of ourselves and higher than ourselves, feel that we may safely trust the teaching of what they call “the church”. But it is not envisaged that the church should teach, but rather that it should be taught. It is the apostles and prophets who were charged with the responsibility of teaching, at the beginning. The promise of the Lord Jesus to them was that the Holy Spirit would guide them into all truth, John 16:13. This happened long ago, and they penned the New Testament under the direct inspiration of the Holy Spirit, so that the Scriptures might be available for our guidance and instruction.

It may be objected, however, that this leaves us at the mercy of every supposed explainer of the Bible. Of course, if we were to accept without thinking everything that anyone said about the Bible, we would indeed be confused. If, however, we were to pray that God would guide us to the truth, and be sincerely ready to respond to that truth when it is revealed to us, then we shall not be disappointed. The Lord Jesus said that “If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself.” John 7:17. By “his will” is meant God’s will.

Another safeguard is the principle that no truth of Scripture contradicts another. If it seems to do so, then our understanding of one or other, or both, of the verses in question is at fault. The Lord Jesus said that “the scripture cannot be broken”, John 10:35. This means that the Word of God is one cohesive whole. Distort one part, and all others are affected; rightly understand one part, and all other parts will agree. Wrench a verse of Scripture out of its context, and it can easily become the support of teaching which is contrary to the rest. But if we consider every verse in the light of the whole, giving due regard to the setting in which it is found, then we shall be well on the way to a correct understanding of Scripture. It is in this spirit that we should look at the question of christening. The passage we are considering will greatly help us.

3:6
That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.

That which is born of the flesh is flesh- notice it is “that which”, not “he who”. It is a question of natures not persons, for the born-again person is still the same person as before, but his nature has changed. We may educate and refine the flesh, (which is another term for our natural selves), and we may even make it religious, but it is still flesh nonetheless. Man is best described as flesh, or fleshen, meaning not that he is only made of soft tissue, but that he is frail and mortal. The nature of a thing determines what it reproduces, so if the nature of a man is flesh, then that is what he produces. Even if a person were to be born like this twice, nothing would have altered.

This is how the likeness of Adam was passed on to Seth, Genesis 5:3. Seth was born of the flesh of Adam, and therefore had passed on to him Adam’s sinful tendencies. This means that he was also in the image of Adam, representing all that he was as a sinner. Adam had produced a fleshen man; a man with a spirit, indeed, but whose life was only on the level of a natural man in the flesh.

And that which is born of the Spirit is spirit- there is no mention of being born of water here, for the matter of the application of the water, (the truth concerning the death of Christ), is dealt with when Christ speaks of His death in verses 14-16. We have already seen that the water of purification had the ashes of an accepted sin offering mixed with it, so the truth of death must be associated with the water of doctrine.

When the Spirit of God does His unique work in a person, then that person is raised to a higher level than the natural as far as God is concerned, a level which makes it possible for the Spirit of God to indwell and govern him. It is not so much that the human spirit is born of the Spirit, but that the nature the Spirit produces is spirit-like in character, as opposed to what man produces, which is flesh-like.

In this way a mere mortal man, once born as the child of a father who is flesh, is now begotten of a Father who is Spirit. And this different birth, which is not a similar birth to the first natural birth, is what is meant by being born again. Such a person is so changed by the Spirit of God that he can be described as being “in the Spirit”, Romans 8:9.

3:7
Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again.

Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again- Nicodemus is evidently surprised by this line of teaching. It seems that he shared the carnal view of the kingdom that many had in Israel, that it was political in character, and involved the crushing of physical enemies and subsequent material prosperity for Israel. However, “the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost”, Romans 14:17, and this is true whether it is the heavenly or the earthly aspect of the kingdom.

Note the change of pronoun here. Before it was “thee”, but now “ye”, which is plural, and refers to all in the the nation of Israel, not just Nicodemus the Pharisee. All of them must come into the kingdom of God in the same way, by new birth.

It was very difficult for the Jews to come to terms with the truth that being born of the line of Abraham was not enough. The rabbis, (including Nicodemus), would teach them that to be a circumcised son of Abraham was enough to guarantee them a place in Messiah’s kingdom. Nicodemus might think there were exceptions amongst the unlearned, (some of Nicodemus’ fellow-rulers said, “But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed.” John 7:49), but he would be confident that he qualified for the kingdom. Whether he expressed that astonishment, or whether the Lord read the thoughts of his heart, we are not told. That the Lord did not need anyone to testify as to what was in man is stated in 2:25.

3:8
The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.

The wind bloweth where it listeth- to impress the other-ness of the kingdom on the mind of Nicodemus the Lord takes up the figure of the wind that Ezekiel had used in his chapter 36. First of all, it has a will of its own, as the Spirit of God does. He is equally God with the Father and the Son, so that to lie to the Spirit is to lie to God, Acts 5:3,4. And when the Spirit comes to dwell, the Father and the Son come to dwell, John 14:23. As a Divine Person, He exercises His own will, as 1 Corinthians 12:11 indicates, but He ever acts in perfect harmony with the Father and the Son.

And thou hearest the sound thereof- whilst the word for wind used here is not the one of Acts 2:2, “a rushing mighty wind”, but is rather the soft breeze that perhaps was at that very moment gently sweeping past the housetop where Christ and Nicodemus may have been sitting, nevertheless, it makes its presence felt by its sound as it comes into contact with an object. The Spirit of God always associates Himself with the sound of the Word of God as He comes into contact with those who seek the truth.

Whilst we may judge the direction of the wind in relation to our position, we do not know where the wind started to blow from originally. The same is true of its ultimate destination, for it may veer after it has passed us, and so completely change direction. Solomon spoke of the circuits of the wind, Ecclesiastes 1:6. Such are the inexplicable workings of the Spirit of God. We may not know the first way the Spirit of God influenced us for good, nor may we know what other purpose may be served by that influence after it has touched us, but all is under the supreme and Divine control of the Spirit of God.

So is every one that is born of the Spirit- that is, “such is the situation with regard to all those born of the Spirit”. The thought is not that they do not know where they came from or where they are going, but rather that they could not influence the start of the process, could not control its exercise, nor could they alter the Spirit’s will, or the direction of that will. Since the power, effect, origin and result of the working of the Spirit is totally beyond human control, the Lord is clearly placing the new birth totally outside of the realm of the natural man. And since entry into the kingdom of God depends on the new birth, reaching that kingdom is also totally outside of the power of the natural man. This is the Divine Sovereignty of God in the matter of the new birth.

Special note on sovereignty
We should be very cautious when dealing with the subject of the sovereignty of God, lest we begin to speak about it in terms that border on fatalism. This is the mistake that the Calvinist makes, for he so emphasises what he thinks of as the sovereignty of God at the expense of the fact that God gave man a free will, that his whole system degenerates into a mechanical process. It is well to remember that Calvin, (insofar as he is responsible for Calvinism) adopted the views of Augustine, who himself was versed in the philosophy of Aristotle. Given such a doubtful source, it is no surprise that human logic is used to explain Divine truth, with disastrous results. We can do no better than to constantly ask ourselves the question that the apostle Paul asked, “what saith the scripture”, and give due breadth to all the statements of scripture, and not try to squeeze them into a straitjacket of our own devising.

3:9
Nicodemus answered and said unto him, How can these things be?

Nicodemus answered and said unto him, How can these things be? This is a justifiable question in view of the content of verse 8. The word used here for “be” is not a form of the verb to exist, but of the verb to become. So Nicodemus is asking how these things can happen, given that the Spirit of God who brings them to pass is like the wind, which we cannot control or influence. He is not suggesting that the things Christ speaks of may not actually exist, but rather, is enquiring how can they be brought about in his case.

3:10
Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things?

Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things? As one trained in the Old Testament scriptures, and as one who constantly searched them, John 5:39, Nicodemus should have been aware of the truth of the sovereignty of God. The passages in Ezekiel 36 and 37 should have taught it to him. He had prided himself in verse 2 on what he knew, and now he is finding out that in fact he is ignorant of the most important things.

The phrase is literally “the teacher of Israel”, but that does not mean he was the only one. The definite article signifies that he was a typical teacher in Israel, so if he did not know we can be sure the others did not either. The Lord exposes his ignorance, not to make him uncomfortable, but so that he may be preChrist was teaching were not foreign to the Old Testament.

3:11
Verily, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye receive not our witness.

Verily, verily, I say unto thee- the Lord uses this formula a second time, for again He anticipates that Nicodemus may be reluctant to believe what He is about to say to him. He is about to embark on another side of the subject of the new birth. The first “Verily, verily” introduced teaching about the sovereignty of God, the second introduces teaching about the responsibility of man.

We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen- we do not know whether there were any disciples present at this interview. In any case, they had not been sent forth to preach yet, so the “we” is not a reference to them. The word “we” may be an expression of dignity, like the “royal we”, but in that case why does the Lord resort to “I” in the next verse?

Note the use of the two words that had been used before, namely, “know” and “see” in connection with entry into the kingdom. The Lord is claiming that John the Baptist is involved with the kingdom, as He is. John is the herald of the King, whilst Christ is the King Himself. The present tense “we speak” would indicate the character of them both, for the Lord had not begun His preaching ministry yet. He waited until John was put in prison, Mark 1:14.

As far as John the Baptist was concerned, he knew the Old Testament scriptures, and testified in line with them. He knew also that Jesus was the Son of God, because he had seen the dove descending on Christ, and this showed him that here was the Son, who would be given the uttermost parts of the earth for His possession, Psalm 2:7,8. John the Apostle expressly says that when John the Baptist saw the dove descend, he saw and bare record that this was the Son of God, John 1:33. John now knew what he did not know before. So as far as John was concerned he spoke what he knew, for he was full of the Spirit, and he could testify as to what he had seen, namely, the Spirit descend on Christ and remain on Him.

As far as Christ was concerned, He knew because He is God, and He saw what His Father was doing in heaven, as He later explained, John 5:19.

And ye receive not our witness- unhappily, the Pharisees whom Nicodemus represented, (note the plural “ye”), in general received neither the testimony of John or of Christ. We read, in connection with John’s baptism, “But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against themselves, being not baptised of him.” Luke 7:30. It is true that the formal preaching ministry of the Lord Jesus had not begun yet, as we have just noticed, but He had worked miracles in Jerusalem at the Passover, and these were a witness to His person.

3:12
If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I tell you of heavenly things?

If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I tell you of heavenly things? The matters referred to in Ezekiel 36 and 37 were to do with the earthly kingdom of the Messiah, although they did hold principles that the Lord applied to Nicodemus personally in relation to the present. Nicodemus, the “teacher in Israel”, was ignorant about the earthly application, and worse still, unbelieving. How then would he believe if he were to be told about the heavenly things that would come in after the death of the Messiah?

Note the change from “we” to “I”, for whereas John the Baptist was able to prepare men to enter the earthly kingdom of the Messiah, he was not able to speak of the heavenly things of this present age. He himself said, as he contrasted his ministry with that of Christ, that “He that cometh from above is above all: he that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth: he that cometh from heaven is above all. And what he hath seen and heard, that he testifieth; and no man receiveth his testimony.” John 3:31,32. So John confesses that he can only speak of earthly things, whereas Christ is uniquely able to speak of heavenly things. So Nicodemus had heard John, and believed not; had seen Christ’s miracles, and believed not. What could convince him?

3:13
And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven.

And no man hath ascended up to heaven- both Enoch and Elijah were taken up to heaven at the end of their ministry, but neither of them ascended up as of personal right. And no-one else has ascended to heaven in order to bring down a message from God.

Notice that verses 13 and 14 both begin with the word “and”. This is not so much to join the verses together, but to explain the idea of “heavenly things”. In verse 13 the Son of man comes down from heaven, showing He is privy to heaven’s thoughts. In verse 14, together with verse 15, the Son of Man is lifted up, for that is the means whereby the heavenly things may be gained by those who repent and believe.

But he that came down from heaven- Christ’s competence to speak of heavenly things is seen in that He came down from heaven. As it is His proper sphere, He is able to speak of heaven with authority. He is “that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us”, 1 John 1:2. As we have just noticed, John the Baptist will say later, “He that cometh from heaven is above all”, John 3:31. But the heavenly things will only be brought in after His return to heaven, hence the reference to His ascension here. The Lord speaks as if this has already happened, and this He does because to one who is God, the future is as sure as the present. He is not saying He ascended to heaven before He came down from heaven.

There are three references to the ascension in John’s gospel, and they are all from the lips of the Lord Himself. In John 6:62, the point is that He will ascend up to where He was before, in eternal fellowship with His Father. In John 20:17 the thought is that He will ascend to one who is His Father and ours, His God and ours, and thus He is the link between His people and the Father. He has ascended to represent His people in the Father’s presence.

Because these truths had been brought out in the body of his gospel, John does not record the ascension of Christ, although he does imply it through the words of Christ that He is coming again, John 21:22,23.

Even the Son of man which is in heaven- this expression must be interpreted in context, and that context is the knowledge, by Christ, of heavenly things. This knowledge has already been referred to by the apostle John when he wrote, “the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him”, 1:18. This is the climax to John’s prologue to his gospel, in which he sets out ways in which the Word has revealed God. As one who is the only begotten Son, (a unique person), in the bosom of the Father, (a unique place), He is in a unique position to tell out the Father.
To be “in the bosom of” means to be in a place of intimate communion. Because that is Christ’s unvarying position He can tell out the secrets of His Father’s heart.

When He gave His discourse on His equality with the Father, the Lord said, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do…for the Father loveth the Son, and sheweth him all things that himself doeth”, John 5:19,20. So from the privileged vantage point of the Father’s bosom, the Son is fully aware of what His Father’s actions are. Moreover, He is fully aware, also, of His Father’s words, for He could say, “I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him”, 8:26.

But it is as a man upon the earth that Christ speaks these things. In other words, even as the Son of Man He is privy to God’s thoughts, and in that sense He is the Son of man in heaven in spirit even while speaking to Nicodemus in the body. So the Lord Jesus is in the bosom of the Father not only as only begotten Son, but also as Son of man since His incarnation.

Because He is a man He can communicate those thoughts directly to men. When the law was given, the people could not endure the sound of the voice of God, so they appealed to Moses to speak with them. As a result, God promised them a Prophet, saying, “I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him.” Deuteronomy 18:18. The apostle Peter made it clear that the Lord Jesus was that prophet, Acts 3:22-26.

3:14
And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up:

And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up- Nicodemus is now about to learn how to enter the kingdom. He has been told that the new birth is totally the work of the sovereign Spirit of God, and puzzled by this, has asked how this new birth can take place. He must learn first of all that, despite his position in Israel as a teacher, he is outside at present, for it was in the wilderness, not in the land of Canaan, that Moses lifted up the serpent. Despite being for nearly forty years in the wilderness under the Law of God given at Sinai, the people still murmured at God. As a judgment, fiery serpents were sent amongst them, to bring them to repentance, Numbers 21:4-9. Nicodemus is learning that in order that the kingdom may be reached, repentance must be exercised. The sending of the serpents was a condemnation of their murmuring, which, in turn, was a reflection of what was in their hearts. The lifting up of the brazen serpent gave them opportunity to renounce their thinking, and accept what God’s thinking was. This is the essence of repentance.

And not only so, but faith was needed also, for it was only those who looked expectantly to the serpent on the pole that were healed, and thus were able to enter the land. Those who refused to look died outside of the kingdom. In the book of Numbers it is repentance that is emphasised, whereas here it is faith that is to the fore. Both are necessary, and in fact always go together. When Christ comes to earth it is said of Israel as a nation, that “they shall look on me whom they have pierced”, that is the look of faith. And also, “and they shall mourn for him”, this is the result of repentance, Zechariah 12:10. It must have been a surprise for Nicodemus to learn that the same Son of Man who in the distant future would come to set up His kingdom, would also, in the near future, be lifted up in the same way as the brazen serpent was. It was only by rendering powerless the “Old Serpent, the Devil, and Satan”, Revelation 12:9, that men could be free to enter the kingdom.

3:15
That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life.

That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life- the word “believeth” would surprise Nicodemus, for he had been taught that circumcision and the keeping of the law qualified a Jew to be in the kingdom.

He would also be surprised by the word “perish”, but he could not deny that many in Israel perished outside of the land, so there are many who will perish outside of the kingdom, whether that kingdom is the earthly one or the heavenly.

Eternal life is the same life as everlasting life. That life is not only for ever, but it is lasting and durable as well. Both the quantity and quality of the life are contained in the word. There are only two references to everlasting life in the Old Testament, and both have to do with the enjoyment of life in the kingdom of the Messiah, Psalm 133:3 and Daniel 12:2. Nicodemus is learning of the possibility of the enjoyment of everlasting life as soon as a person believes, without having to wait for Christ’s kingdom to be set up on earth. To have everlasting life is to be in the kingdom of God already, and is part of the “heavenly things” Christ spoke of in verse 12.

3:16
For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.

For God so loved the world- this is not so much an indication of the intensity of the love as the purpose of it. He loved so that men, (not just Israelites, for it is “the world”), might have everlasting life. This is the force of the second use of the word “that”, meaning “in order that”. So God loved the world with the object of giving eternal life to those who would believe, and in order that might be a righteous possibility, He needed to give His Son to the death of the cross. His love was not vague but purposeful. He had a specific company in mind when He expressed His love historically by giving His Son.

Notice that the verb is in the past, for it refers to God’s demonstrated and historic love for the world expressed at Calvary. The love of God in a personal way is only known by those who have believed, for “the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us”, Romans 5:5. If men wish to come into the good of that love, they must believe. Too often, evangelists emphasise the love of God at the expense of His righteousness, and thus give the impression that God cannot be too concerned about our sins if He loves us as we are. The fact is that God hates sins, and is angry with the wicked every day, Psalm 7:11, but it is also true that He has clearly demonstrated His general love for the world through what His Son endured at Calvary. This is how the love of God realises its object.

We should bear in mind that we have been given samples of the addresses the apostles gave to various audiences in the Book of Acts, but in none of them is the love of God mentioned. Of course, the grace of God is an expression of His love, but the fact remains that the apostles did not mislead sinners into thinking that they had any claim upon God. We see from the words of this verse that God’s love is active, for He gave; it is righteous, for He was dealing with the cause of our perishing, namely sin; it was purposeful, for it is so that whosoever believeth should not perish.

That he gave his only begotten Son- we should notice the way verses 14 and 15 parallel verse 16, so that we learn that the equivalent of the serpent being lifted up in the wilderness is the giving by God of His only begotten Son. In other words, the giving of the Son is when He is lifted up on the cross; it is not His birth but His death that is in view. So it is not as Jesus of Nazareth the miracle worker, or the good example that men are to believe in Him, but as the Only begotten Son of God lifted up on a cross to die for sins.

Clearly the Lord is presenting a parallel between what happened when Moses put the brazen serpent on the pole, and what happened at Calvary. We could set out the comparisons and contrasts as follows:

Contrasts between living serpents and brass serpent

Living serpents

Lifeless serpent of brass

Sent by God in judgement

Provided by God in grace

Harmful

Harmless

Sign of Satan successful

Sign of Satan powerless

Object of fear

Object of faith

Contrasts between serpent of brass and Christ lifted up

Harmless because brass

Harmless yet living

Sign of Satan powerless

Source of Satan’s powerlessness

Lifted up on a pole

Lifted up on a cross

Made like the cause of distress

Made sin, the cause of the distress

Dealt with the immediate cause

Dealt with the root cause

Object of faith for the occasion

Object of faith for all time

Subsequently made into an idol

Subsequently wrongly preached

That whosoever believeth in him should not perish- blessing came to the bitten Israelites in the wilderness through the look of faith. That look was realistic, for the bite of the serpents was very real, but so was the Divine remedy. The look was repentant, for the people confessed, “We have sinned”, Numbers 21:7. The look was obedient, for we read, “when any looked…they lived, Numbers 21:9, and this result only came because God had said it would, there is no logical reason why looking at a lump of brass should heal a snakebite. The look was dependant, too, for they looked away from self to the Divine remedy. The look was also expectant, for that idea is enshrined in the word used for look. They were not looking by chance, or in unbelief, but in confident expectation that God would heal them, and He did.

The word whosoever is often spoken of in this setting as if it means the whole world. This is clearly not the case. The whosoever is a limited number, even those who believe on the only begotten Son of God. It is whosoever, (or “every one that”), believeth that is granted eternal life, not the whole world. It was only those who looked in faith to the serpents in the wilderness that was healed. It did not apply to the whole nation, or even to all who had been bitten.

To perish means to lose well-being, not lose being. The idea that at death a person goes into oblivion is contradicted in Scripture. Hebrews 9:27 says that after death there is judgment, and the Lord Jesus taught that the rich man of whom He spoke, when he had died, lifted up his eyes in hell, Luke 16:23. The perishing of the sinner is not only expressed in his loss of well-being, but also the loss of the blessing he might have had if he had believed. Not only did the Israelites lose their lives in the desert, but they also lost the enjoyment of the land of Canaan that was just ahead of them. Note that the second half of this verse is the same as verse 15, which confirms that the first half of this verse is an explanation of the meaning of the serpent-lifted-up incident.

3:17
For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.

For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world- the serpents were sent from God as judgment, whereas Christ was sent in grace and mercy. The word for condemn here is one which means to pronounce sentence. If Christ had come to do this, then there would not have been salvation for men, but immediate execution of God’s just judgment against their sins. It is otherwise, however, for Christ came in grace not judgment. In the synagogue at Nazareth He stopped short after reading “the acceptable year of the Lord”, Luke 4:19, and sat down without reading what follows, which was “and the day of vengeance of our God”, Isaiah 61:2.

But that the world through him might be saved- if the serpents were sent to judge, the serpent of brass was God’s provision for their salvation. That provision, however, only concerned those amongst the children of Israel who had been bitten. But God’s provision of salvation now is for the whole world, for all men have been infected with the poison of the Devil’s lies, and the Devil is the Ancient Serpent who led men away from obedience to God at the beginning.

Note the vastness of what Christ did when He was hanging upon the cross, for if the whole world came to God for salvation He would have to turn nobody away, for there is salvation for all. Notice, though, it is “might be saved”. That does not mean that there is some doubt about whether those who believe will be saved. It means that God gave His Son so that it might happen, as long as they believe.

3:18
He that believeth on him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.

He that believeth on him is not condemned- notice the use of the full title here of “only begotten Son of God”, emphasising the gravity of not believing in such a glorious person. Such is the character of what the Son of God did when lifted up on the cross at Calvary, that every matter which could be laid against those who believe was fully and eternally dealt with. How blessed to be in a position before God where we do not fear His condemnation!

But he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God- how solemn to think that those who do not believe already know the terms of their final condemnation, for they are detailed in the next verse. The wrath of God is said in verse 36 to abide on sinners, and here is the reason, for they stand condemned because of their sins and unbelief. Those who have not yet believed on the Son of God may learn here that the condemnation that will eventually be pronounced can be known beforehand, so that action in the form of the obedience of faith may be in evidence.

3:19
And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil.

And this is the condemnation- having been assured in verse 18 that those who believe are not condemned, we now learn the basis upon which those who refuse to believe, and continue in that refusal until they die, are condemned. This condemnation applies now, as well as in the future judgment day.

That light is come into the world- chapter 1:9 has already informed us that the true light lighteth every man, and now we are told the light is come, not just into Israel, but into the world. The reaction of men to Christ as He came into the world is the test now.

And men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil- so two things have happened. The light has come, and men have reacted by hating the light as it was expressed in Christ. Note the past tense, “loved”. John is looking back to when he was with the Lord Jesus during His earthly ministry, and he has to testify that men hated Him. As the psalmist said prophetically of Him, “they that hate me without a cause are more than the hairs of mine head”, Psalm 69:4, words the Lord Jesus quoted of Himself, showing that He knew and felt the hatred deeply, John 15:25.

There is no discrepancy here. They did not hate Him without any cause, but they did hate Him for a reason that lay within themselves. There was no genuine cause in Him for them to hate Him. They refused to come into the light because their deeds were deeds of darkness and they did not wish them to be exposed.

Light does at least four things:

Light radiates. Christ is the brightness of God’s glory, and the express image of His person or essence, Hebrews 1:3, and is uniquely fitted to display God, and this He has done. So by seeing and hearing God’s Son when He was here, those who had an interest could see the light of God’s glory.

Light illuminates. As the Lord Jesus said, “I am the light of the world: he that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life”, John 8:12. This was spoken after the great lampstands in the temple had been dismantled. They represented the pillar of fire that had led Israel through the trackless desert. Now Christ presents Himself as the one the pillar of fire typified, which would never be dismantled. Those who believe may have the light of life, and walk in the light of His presence now and for ever.

Light investigates. When light shines, things become apparent. With the coming of Christ all doubt is removed as to what is good and what is evil, for perfect goodness was on display in Him.

Light discriminates. When light was caused to be in Genesis 1:3, then immediately there was a division between day and night. So the light of Christ’s person showed up the dark deeds of men. They could judge their spiritual condition accurately by reference to Him.

3:20
For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved.

For every one that doeth evil hateth the light- note the three-fold use of the word “for” in these verses. In verse 16 it is an explanation of verse 15. In verse 17 it gives the reason for the mention of perishing. Here it is an explanation of the difference between the saved and the unsaved.

Since the fall of man in Adam, his natural tendency has been towards the darkness of sin, rather than the light of holiness. And since that light of holiness is expressed perfectly in Christ, then man’s hatred is towards Him. Just as when a stone is moved, and those creatures that live in the dark scurry for cover, so man shuns the light, lest he should be exposed as a sinner. There is hatred of the light as a constant attitude, and as the next phrase tells us, resistance to coming to the light when the opportunity is given.

Neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved- these words were likely to startle Nicodemus, for he had come to speak with Christ by night. Does this mean he hates the light, or does it mean he comes in the night of his sin to Christ, the only answer to his sin? Men do not come to the light not only because they do not wish their sins to be exposed, but also because they know those sins, once exposed, will be reproved.

3:21
But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.

But he that doeth truth cometh to the light- since in the next verse John tells us that the Lord went with His disciples into the land of Judea, this must be the Lord’s final word to Nicodemus. It takes the form of a gentle appeal to him, and beginning with the word “but” as it does, it presents the alternative response to the hating of the light of the previous verse.

Note the Lord does not make the opposite of doing evil the doing of good. He speaks of those who do truth. That is, those who have learned a certain amount of truth, and have sought to live by it. Those who were John’s disciples were of this class, as also was Cornelius. And there were those of Old Testament times who earnestly sought God and who lived up to the truth they had. The apostle Paul speaks of those who “by patient continuance in well-doing seek for glory and honour and immortality, eternal life”, Romans 2:7. In this age eternal life is a present possession, but in former times could only be looked for after death.

That his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God- those who are of the sort just described will not fear to come to God, despite the fact that they know they are sinners. Cornelius is said by Luke to be “a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always.” Acts 10:2. And yet he was not a saved man! When he learned that Peter was near at hand, he took steps to have him come to his house and tell him how to get saved. That his deeds were “wrought in God” is seen in the words of the angel to him, “Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God”, verse 4. Furthermore, when Peter began preaching he said, “But in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him.” Acts 10:35. By “accepted”, Peter does not mean, for instance, “accepted in the beloved”, Ephesians 1:6, the secure position of the true believer, but rather, accepted in the sense of not rebuffed when he seeks the knowledge of God.

This is not a question of a man earning salvation by works, but of showing he is ready to receive and act upon further light when it comes to him. Earnest attempts to please God are done in the context of who God is seen to be, hence “in God”. The Lord is appealing to Nicodemus to persist in his coming, if he is of this sort.

Section 2   Verses 22-36
John the Baptist’s conversation about Christ. “I must decrease”.

3:22
After these things came Jesus and his disciples into the land of Judaea; and there he tarried with them, and baptized.

After these things came Jesus and his disciples into the land of Judaea- at this critical moment, the paths of the Lord Jesus and John the Baptist converge, and that for the last time. They met when Christ came to be baptized, at which time John announced Him as the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world, when some of John’s disciples left him to follow Christ, and now there is the last occasion before John’s imprisonment. It is true that we are not told that they met, but it would surely be strange if they did not for this last time. Just as the Lord had come to be baptized of John to sanction his baptism as being of God, so now it is endorsed again, for the baptism of Christ was of the same sort as that of John. It was not Christian baptism, as practised now. If Christ’s baptism had been different, then surely this would have been revealed to John, and he would have ceased baptizing. It is important for it to be seen that John and Christ were in harmony, for there would be those who would suggest otherwise. The Jews sought to drive a wedge between their respective followers in verses 25 and 26.

And there he tarried with them, and baptized- this is clarified by John in 4:2, where he tells us that Christ did not baptise personally. There might be a temptation for some to say that their baptism was extra special, since the Lord Himself did it. 

3:23
And John also was baptizing in Aenon near to Salim, because there was much water there: and they came, and were baptized.

And John also was baptizing in Aenon near to Salim, because there was much water there- there are plentiful springs in this area even today, so there would be much water available even in the dry season. In fact, the word Aenon means “Natural fountains”. This provides further confirmation that the baptism was by immersion, or else a plentiful supply of water would not be essential.

Significantly, the name “Salim” means “completeness”, and John the Baptist is indeed completing his ministry, and his final testimony is to the superiority of Christ. The apostle Paul spoke of John fulfilling his course, Acts 13:25.

And they came, and were baptized- we are not told who the “they” are, but the statement highlights the fact that John was still baptizing, showing that there was no difference between his baptism and Christ’s.

3:24
For John was not yet cast into prison.

For John was not yet cast into prison- in a short while the Lord Jesus will go into Galilee, 4:43. So what the apostle John has recorded for us in chapters 1-3 takes place before the other gospels begin their account of Christ’s public ministry. Accordingly, we read in Mark 1:14 that it was after John the Baptist had been cast into prison that He began His public preaching. So the Galilean ministry we read of in Matthew and Mark is not the same as is recorded in John 1:43-2:12. When we read Matthew 4:11 and 12, we must remember that John’s account comes in between those two verses.

Possibly the wrong inference had been drawn from the other gospels that the Lord entered straight into His Galilean ministry as soon as He was baptised. This verse corrects that idea. John the Baptist must disappear when Christ comes to the fore. It must not seem that they are rivals.

3:25
Then there arose a question between some of John’s disciples and the Jews about purifying.

Then there arose a question between some of John’s disciples and the Jews about purifying- we are not told why this dispute arose, but possibly the Jews mistook the baptism in the Jordan as a purifying rite, rather than an act of repentance. They may have connected it with the story of Naaman, and how he washed in the Jordan at the command of Elisha, and was clean, 2 Kings 5:10. Naaman had contrasted the waters of Jordan unfavourably with the rivers of Damascus. It may be that John had moved from baptising in the river because the waters were running low and becoming unclean. This would highlight the dirtiness of the river, and those who misunderstood the ceremony, (thinking it was to purify the soul), would point out that it could not purify if it had to be abandoned because the waters were dirty. They may even have been linking it with the Lord’s words to Nicodemus about being born of water, and Ezekiel’s words about clean water making clean, Ezekiel 36:25.

3:26
And they came unto John, and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou barest witness, behold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him.

And they came unto John, and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou barest witness- the sentence begins with “and”, so there is a connection between the dispute of verse 25, and what is said now. The matter of the relative popularity of John and Christ becomes an issue in the dispute which had begun about purifying. They have to admit not only that Christ was with John, but was also borne witness to by John, so there was not a competition between them.

The Jews had come to John in chapter 1:19-28, and he had been insistent that he was not the Christ, but was only sent to herald Him. This incident will tell us whether he is still prepared to take the humble place. Those who come to John in this verse have not taken in what he had to say about the greatness of Christ, so he takes the opportunity to remind them. These people make no mention of the voice from heaven or the dove descending.

Behold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him- they are trying to make out that John has been eclipsed. Little did they know that this was welcomed by John, as he goes on to explain.

3:27
John answered and said, A man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven.

John answered and said, A man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven- John affirms that he, or anyone else who acts for God, can only carry out what has been commanded from heaven. He had not been commanded to make a name for himself. His work was done in the strength God gave him, for he had no strength of his own. This is so different to the rulers in Israel, who sought positions that God had not given them. As the Lord will say later on, they climb up some other way, John 10:1. Their position was not given them from heaven.

3:28
Ye yourselves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I am sent before him.

Ye yourselves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I am sent before him- he refers them to his previous testimony, as found in 1:19-28. Nothing had changed. They knew of his witness, for they refer to it in verse 26, but just as they had ignored John’s testimony both to Christ’s role as the sin-bearer and His Deity on that occasion, so now they do the same. This is one reason why the Lord gives very clear testimony to His Deity in chapter 5. The one John prepared the way for was “the Lord”, or Jehovah, as Isaiah 40:3 had said. They are not even prepared to give Christ a name, simply calling Him “he that was with thee beyond Jordan”. They are far from believing on “the name of the Only begotten Son of God”, verse 18.

3:29
He that hath the bride is the bridegroom: but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.

He that hath the bride is the bridegroom: but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled- John uses a series of terms about the Lord Jesus all of which serve to show that He is superior to John. In verse 28 by implication He is the Christ, or Messiah. Here He is likened to a bridegroom, whose relationship to the bride is so much closer than that of the friend of the bridegroom. This latter expression is a Judean one, whereas “children of the bridechamber”, Matthew 9:15, is a Galilean one. The friend of the bridegroom was responsible for asking the maiden concerned if she is willing to marry the man (which John attempted to do by preparing the way as he preached before Christ appeared); he then acts as intermediary between the man and his betrothed wife, (which John did by introducing Christ to the nation at His baptism); his last duty was to preside at the marriage ceremony, (which has not happened yet because the nation refused the proposal offer).

The mystery of Christ and His bride, the church, was not revealed until the time when Ephesians 5 was written, so we cannot insert that truth here. Even though John the apostle would very likely have known it by the time he wrote the gospel, the figure is used by John the Baptist. Note the emphasis John places on the bridegroom’s voice, in preparation for what is said in verse 32. Clearly John had taken note of the teaching of Christ, and rejoiced because of it. Full joy comes when Christ comes, and is known, 1 John 1:4. The law that John the Baptist represented could not bring in full joy, but Christ did. The first wine ran out before the wedding feast was over in John 2, but Christ’s wine never ceases.

3:30
He must increase, but I must decrease.

He must increase, but I must decrease- how fitting that John should close his ministry with such a statement. His humility is impressive, and we would do well to follow his example. We notice the ways in which this decrease is manifest in this passage:

(i) Because he is not the Christ, verse 28.
(ii) Because he is the friend, not the bridegroom, verse 29.
(iii) Because he is of the earth, and speaks of the earth, not heaven, verse 31.
(iv) Because Christ is above all, verse 31.
(v) Because Christ is uniquely able to speak of heavenly things, verse 32. (Remember the change of pronoun in verses 11 and 12. Both John and Christ tell of earthly things, but only Christ tells of heavenly things).
(vi) Because the Lord Jesus imparts the truth of God in its fullness, verse 34.
(vii) Because the Son has been given all things to administer for the Father.
(viii) Because it is faith in the Son, not John, that brings everlasting life.

Since these reasons follow on the one from the other, the whole passage from verse 27 to the end must be the reply of John to what was said to him in verse 26.

3:31
He that cometh from above is above all: he that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth: He that cometh from heaven is above all.

He that cometh from above is above all- by this time John has a large and settled appreciation of the person of Christ, for he declares He is above all twice over in this verse. As the Son of God, the object of God’s pleasure, and the one anointed with the Holy Spirit, He is clearly superior to created beings, even those in heaven.

He that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth- John must decrease because he can only speak of the earthly kingdom of the Messiah, whereas Christ came to bring truth to fit men for the heavenly kingdom Paul referred to in 2 Timothy 4:18. He does this perfectly because He possesses Deity, having been with the Father in eternity, 1 John 1:2.

He that cometh from heaven is above all- John makes it clear what “cometh from above” means, for he exchanges “heaven” for “above”. It is not just that He was sent from God, for John was that, John 1:6. The Lord had already referred to this matter of coming down from heaven in His conversation with Nicodemus, verse 12. Of course John is speaking about the man Jesus, so his words cannot be misunderstood to refer to a angel come from heaven.

3:32
And what he hath seen and heard, that he testifieth; and no man receiveth his testimony.

And what he hath seen and heard, that he testifieth- this is similar language to 1 John 1:1-5, where the apostle John shows that the Son of God had come to impart to others what He had eternally known and enjoyed. That joy is known through what He said and who He is. What He had seen as being privy to the eternal purpose of God, He made known in the form of miracles. What He had heard as He communed with His Father before the world was He made known by His teaching.

And no man receiveth his testimony- what a privilege it was for men to have unfolded to them the things Divine persons had enjoyed eternally! Yet such is the blindness and deafness of man to spiritual things that he receives not this first-hand testimony. The natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God, because they are foolishness unto him, and he cannot understand them until he is prepared to receive Divine wisdom, as 1 Corinthians 2:14 indicates.

By “no man” is meant men who are not willing to respond to God; it is not an absolute statement, because the one who wrote it had received the testimony. It is “no man unaided by the Spirit”.

Note that the Lord Jesus is spoken of here as a testimony bearer or witness, a term that John the apostle had used of John the Baptist, so he was decreasing even in this way, for he is being replaced, just as Elijah was replaced by Elisha. John could write much later, as he looked back on Christ’s life down here, “Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness”, Revelation 1:5. The Jews had said “all men come to him”, verse 26, but John makes clear that they were not necessarily coming to receive His testimony, and hence believe in Him.

3:33
He that hath received his testimony hath set to his seal that God is true.

He that hath received his testimony hath set to his seal that God is true- to receive the spoken testimony of Christ is to acknowledge that what He said was true. But He spoke the words His Father gave Him, so to believe Christ is true in His statements, is to believe that God is too. The converse is the case, for to believe not is to make God a liar, 1 John 5:10. A person seals a document because he believes that it is complete. He would not seal it and then add other things. So the next verse goes on to speak of the completeness of the testimony of Christ.

When Abraham believed in the Lord, Genesis 15:6, he was in effect saying “Amen” to what God had said to him, for the Hebrew verb believe used there is “aman”, from which we get the word Amen. Couple this with the fact that Isaiah calls God the “God of truth”, Isaiah 65:16, and the word for truth is “amen”. So when Abraham believed, he was acknowledging that God was the God of truth, and therefore His word was to be believed. The same is true of those who set to their seal that God is true, for they recognize that God is the God who speaks truth through the Lord Jesus as He testifies about Him. The words of Christ were the same words that God the Father would have spoken if He had come down to men. God promised that He would put His words in the Prophet’s mouth, and in this way He would speak to the people all that God commanded Him, Deuteronomy 18:18. So the words of the Prophet would have the same authority and validity as the words of God at Sinai.

3:34
For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God: for God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto him.

For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God- the following scriptures bear out this statement:

“Jesus answered them, and said, my doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me.” John 7:16.

“I have many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him.” John 8:26.

“Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of Man, then shall ye know that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things.” John 8:28.

“For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak. And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: whatsoever I speak, therefore, even as the Father said unto me, so I speak.” John 12:49,50.

For God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto him- this is the reason why Christ speaks the words of God. He has unlimited resources as the Son of God made flesh to fully tell out that truth it was God’s will should be known at the time. He was anointed by the Holy Spirit to preach, Luke 4:18. When God gave instructions for the making of the holy anointing oil, He specified that it was to be of a hin of oil. In other words, a full measure. So Christ was anointed with the fullness of the Spirit in order to preach, and was empowered thereby to fully announce the truth of God.

It is true that when He left this world there was still truth to be imparted, and this would be done by the Holy Spirit leading the writers of the New Testament into all the truth, John 16:13. Nonetheless He said, “I have yet many things to say unto you”, John 16:12, so even when the Holy Spirit inspired the apostles and others to reveal further truth, it was Christ who was doing it by the Spirit. The only difference was that He was no longer on the earth to do the teaching face to face.

So it is that the apostle Paul can claim that the things he taught were “the commandments of the Lord”, 1 Corinthians 14:37. He could refer to “wholesome words, even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ”, 1 Timothy 6:3. The whole of the New Testament may be thought of as the testimony of the Son of God. And Luke alludes to this when he tells his friend Theophilus that his gospel is an account of “all that Jesus began to do and to teach, until the day in which he was taken up”, Acts 1:1,2. This implies that Jesus continued to do and teach after He had gone back to heaven; the only difference was that He was using others to do the teaching. As Mark says, “he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them”, Mark 16:20. And Matthew agrees, for he tells us that the Lord promised to be with His servants as they went into all the world to teach, Matthew 28:20.

3:35
The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his hand.

The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his hand- such is the intense and eternal love of the Father for the Son, and such is the perfection of the return of that love to the Father, that the Son has shown Himself competent to handle everything for the Father. He is not only the Only begotten Son of God, but the Firstborn Son too, and as such all things have been committed to Him for their faithful discharge. The pleasure of the Lord prospers in His hand, Isaiah 53:10. Whether the first creation, or the new creation, all is in the hands of Christ, the Firstborn Son of God, Colossians 1:12-19. We see this to be true in this chapter, for Christ is the discloser of the truth of God to men. In the next chapter He will show that He can grant the Holy Spirit also. So even the Holy Spirit, a person of the Godhead, is available for Christ to dispense as the Firstborn.

3:36
He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life: and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him.

He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life- to believe on the Son is to rely on the one the Father has the utmost confidence in, with the result that eternal life is imparted to the soul. Because the context is the testimony of the Son with regard to the heavenly things of the Father that He has been entrusted with, then to believe on the Son is to acknowledge Him to be the imparter of the truth of God. This is a safe thing to do, for the Father counts Him competent to handle everything to His glory.

Everlasting life is the life of God, and gives the believer the capacity to know the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom He has sent, John 17:3. This verse therefore prepares the way for the teaching of the rest of the gospel, which will unfold to the believing heart and mind the knowledge of the Father and the Son.

How typical of John the Baptist to close his recorded ministry by appealing to men to believe on the Son of God. That he has not lost the sense of his mission to call to repentance is seen in his warning in the rest of the verse.

And he that believeth not the Son shall not see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him- to not believe is not simply a negative of the positive belief of the beginning of the verse. Here the idea is that unbelief takes the character of disobedience, for if Christ has been charged with administering everything for God, He must have been given a position over all, including men. Those amongst them who are not prepared to respond to Him in that character are disobedient, and duplicate the sin of Adam, Romans 5:19. Such people shall, if they persist in unbelief, not see life, meaning everlasting life, the life of God just mentioned. It is no surprise to find that those who are so daring as to disobey God’s Firstborn Son, have His wrath hanging over their heads ready to fall. God is very sensitive to what happens to His Son, and if there are those who disobey Him, they may expect to be the objects of His wrath. Their only hope is to stop disobeying, and believe to life eternal.